[go: up one dir, main page]

TW201107326A - Substituted xanthine derivatives - Google Patents

Substituted xanthine derivatives Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201107326A
TW201107326A TW98128631A TW98128631A TW201107326A TW 201107326 A TW201107326 A TW 201107326A TW 98128631 A TW98128631 A TW 98128631A TW 98128631 A TW98128631 A TW 98128631A TW 201107326 A TW201107326 A TW 201107326A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
compound
formed together
hydrogen
minutes
group
Prior art date
Application number
TW98128631A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI466887B (en
Inventor
Roger D Tung
Julie F Liu
Scott L Harbeson
Original Assignee
Concert Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Concert Pharmaceuticals Inc filed Critical Concert Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority to TW98128631A priority Critical patent/TWI466887B/en
Publication of TW201107326A publication Critical patent/TW201107326A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI466887B publication Critical patent/TWI466887B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

This invention relates to novel compounds that are substituted xanthine derivatives and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. For example, this invention relates to novel substituted xanthine derivatives that are derivatives of pentoxifylline. This invention also provides compositions comprising one or more compounds of this invention and a carrier and the use of the disclosed compounds and compositions in methods of treating diseases and conditions for which pentoxifylline and related compounds are beneficial.

Description

201107326 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於為經取代的黃嘌呤衍生物之新穎化合物 及其醫藥學上可接受之鹽。本發明亦係關於包含一或多種 本發月化σ物及載劑的組成物及所揭示之化合物及組成物 在治療可得盃於配妥西菲林(pentoxify出ne)及相關化合物 之疾病及病狀之方法中的用途。 【先前技術】 配妥西菲林1-(5·側氧基己基)-3,7-二甲基黃嘌呤係以 商標Trental®在美國及加拿大銷售。目前其獲准用於治療患 有由四肢慢性閉塞性動脈疾病引起之間歇性跛行的患者。 其亦用於以下疾病之臨床試驗中:腎小球性腎炎、腎病症 候群、非酒精性脂肪變性肝炎、利什曼病(Leishmaniasis )、 肝硬化、肝功能衰竭、杜興氏肌肉萎縮症(Duchenne,s muscular· dystrophy )、HIV感染、遲發性放射誘發損傷、放 射誘發之淋巴水腫、酒精性肝炎、放射性纖維變性、早產 兒之壞死性小腸結腸炎、慢性腎病、肺部肉狀瘤病、復發 性鵝口瘡口炎、乳癌患者之慢性乳房疼痛、腦及中樞神經 系統腫瘤,及營養不良··發炎-惡病質症候群。配妥西菲林最 近亦已作為糖尿病及與糖尿病相關之病症之潛在治療劑獲 付關注。#克 Ferrari,E 荨人,pharmatherapeutica, 1987,5(1): 26-39 ; Raptis, S 等人,Acta Diabetol Lat, 1987, 24(3):181-92 ’ 及 Rahbar, R_ 等人 ’ ciin Chim Acta,2000, 301(1-2): 65-77。 201107326 已知配妥西菲林具有作為磷酸二酯酶(PDE ;參見201107326 VI. Description of the Invention: TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to a novel compound which is a substituted xanthine derivative and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The present invention is also directed to a composition comprising one or more of the present sigma sigma and a carrier, and the disclosed compounds and compositions in the treatment of a cup of pentoxify and related compounds and Use in the method of pathology. [Prior Art] The combination of cefolin 1-(5-oxo-oxyhexyl)-3,7-dimethylxanthine is marketed in the United States and Canada under the trademark Trental®. It is currently approved for the treatment of patients with intermittent claudication caused by chronic arteriovenous disease of the extremities. It is also used in clinical trials for glomerulonephritis, renal syndrome, nonalcoholic steatosis hepatitis, Leishmaniasis, cirrhosis, liver failure, Duchenne muscular dystrophy (Duchenne) , s muscular· dystrophy ), HIV infection, delayed radiation-induced injury, radiation-induced lymphedema, alcoholic hepatitis, radiation-induced fibrosis, necrotizing enterocolitis in premature infants, chronic kidney disease, pulmonary sarcoidosis, Recurrent thrush stomatitis, chronic breast pain in breast cancer patients, brain and central nervous system tumors, and malnutrition · Inflammation - cachexia syndrome. The compatibility of cefolin has recently received attention as a potential therapeutic for diabetes and diabetes-related conditions. #克Ferrari, E 荨人, Pharmatherapeutica, 1987, 5(1): 26-39 ; Raptis, S et al, Acta Diabetol Lat, 1987, 24(3): 181-92 ' and Rahbar, R_ et al' ciin Chim Acta, 2000, 301 (1-2): 65-77. 201107326 It is known that the combination of cefolin has phosphodiesterase (PDE; see

Meskini,N 等人 ’ Biochem. Pharm. 1994, 47(5): 781-788 ) 之抑制劑之活性以及針對其他生物目標之活性,但其產生 臨床效果之確切作用方式為未知的。已展示配妥西菲林經 由降低血液黏度且改良紅血球可撓性之血液流變作用來改 良血流性質。配妥西菲林亦增加白血球可變形性且抑制嗜 中性白血球黏附及活化。(參見 http://www.fda.gov/cder/foi/nda/99/74-962_Pentoxifylline p rntlbl.pdf下關於配妥西菲林之FDA標註)。除改良血液流 變性質之外,咸信配妥西菲林亦具有消炎及抗纖維變性性 質。 配妥西菲林之臨床藥理學已歸諸於母體藥物以及其代 謝物,惟導致臨床改良之事件順序仍待界定。配妥西菲林 經歷快速首過代謝。在-小時内達到配妥西菲林及其代謝 物之峰值血聚含量。配妥西菲林及其各種報導代謝物之結 構展示如下。Meskini, N et al. 'Biochem. Pharm. 1994, 47(5): 781-788) activity of inhibitors and activity against other biological targets, but the exact mode of action for their clinical effects is unknown. It has been shown that the compatibility of ciprofloxacin improves blood flow by reducing blood viscosity and improving blood rheology of red blood cell flexibility. The addition of cefolin also increases leukocyte deformability and inhibits neutrophil adhesion and activation. (See http://www.fda.gov/cder/foi/nda/99/74-962_Pentoxifylline p rntlbl.pdf for FDA labeling with cefolin). In addition to improving the rheological properties of the blood, it is also anti-inflammatory and anti-fibrotic. The clinical pharmacology with cefolin has been attributed to the parent drug and its metabolites, but the sequence of events leading to clinical improvement remains to be defined. Compatible with cefolin experienced rapid first pass metabolism. The peak blood content of the cefolin and its metabolites was reached within - hours. The structure of the combination of ceflin and its various reported metabolites is shown below.

CH3CH3

M-1 配妥西菲林 4 201107326 0H 〇M-1 is matched with cefolin 4 201107326 0H 〇

Μ-Μ-

OHOH

PH3 I NPH3 I N

所產生之主要代謝物為Μ-l及M-5。此等代謝物之血 t含量分別為母體藥物之五倍及八倍。(參見 http://www.fda.gov/cder/f〇i/nda/99/74.962 Pent〇xifylHne p nulbl.pdf下關於配妥西菲林之FDA標註)。μ·丨代謝物具 有對掌性中心且形成⑷-及⑺-對映異構體。在配妥西 菲林代謝期間,在Μ· 1對映異構體與配妥西菲林之間發生 相互轉變。(S)-對映異構體為主要Μ_〗物質種類(s:r比 率據報導約為90:H)或更大)且比⑷-對映異構體更迅速 地進行相互轉變。:欠要(/〇 -M1代謝物(稱為利索茶鹼 (lisofylline ))據報導具有新穎消炎性質。 雖然活性Ml代謝物似乎在配妥西菲林之臨床活性著 201107326 重要作用’但是其他代謝物可造成藥物毒性。尤其在罹患腎功 能缺損之患者中,對於配妥西菲林之毒性反應之風險可能較大 (http://products.sanofi-aventis.us/trental/trental.pdf)。根據產 品標註,服用藥物之患有腎功能缺損之患者需要監測腎功 月匕 另外,至少一種產品標註警告配妥西菲林不應投予患 有嚴重腎或肝功能缺損之患者。參見Trental® ProductThe main metabolites produced are Μ-1 and M-5. The blood t content of these metabolites is five and eight times that of the parent drug, respectively. (See http://www.fda.gov/cder/f〇i/nda/99/74.962 Pent〇xifylHne p nulbl.pdf for FDA labeling with cefolin). The μ·丨 metabolite has a palmitic center and forms the (4)- and (7)-enantiomers. During the metabolism of the cefolin, a mutual transition occurs between the Μ·1 enantiomer and the cefolin. The (S)-enantiomer is the main Μ_〗 substance species (s:r ratio reported to be about 90:H) or larger) and is more rapidly converted than the (4)-enantiomer. : owe (/〇-M1 metabolite (called lisofylline) has been reported to have novel anti-inflammatory properties. Although active M1 metabolites appear to be associated with the clinical activity of cefolin 201107326 important role 'but other metabolites It can cause drug toxicity. Especially in patients with renal dysfunction, the risk of toxicity to cefolin may be greater (http://products.sanofi-aventis.us/trental/trental.pdf). It is noted that patients with renal impairment who take the drug need to monitor the renal function. In addition, at least one product is marked with a warning that the application of cefolin should not be given to patients with severe renal or hepatic deficits. See Trental® Product

Monograph, Canada, December 16, 2008。據報導,在患有腎 功月b缺彳貝之患者中,配妥西菲林及M-1之血漿含量展現下 降趨勢,而M-4及尤其M-5代謝物之含量視功能缺損程度 而極大地增加。參見 paap,Ann Pharmac〇ther,ι996,3〇: 724。综合考量’此等觀測結果表明M5代謝物之累積可能 造成患有腎功能障礙之患者之耐受性降低。 已報導在結構上與配妥西菲林相關之其他化合物具有 生物學活性。該等化合物之實例包括如下文展示之阿比茶 鹼(albifylline)、托巴茶驗(t〇rbafyiiine)、a_8〇2715 及丙 戊茶驗(propentofylline)。Monograph, Canada, December 16, 2008. It has been reported that in patients with renal dysfunction b deficiency, the plasma levels of the combination of ceflin and M-1 show a downward trend, while the content of M-4 and especially M-5 metabolites depends on the degree of functional impairment. Greatly increased. See paap, Ann Pharmac〇ther, ι996, 3〇: 724. Comprehensive considerations' These observations indicate that accumulation of M5 metabolites may result in reduced tolerance in patients with renal dysfunction. Other compounds that are structurally related to the formulation of cefprolin have been reported to be biologically active. Examples of such compounds include albifylline, t〇rbafyiiine, a_8〇2715 and propentofylline as shown below.

阿比茶鹼(Rx = Η ) 丙戊茶鹼 托巴茶鹼(Rx = CH2OCH2CH3) A-80271 5 ( Rx = CH2CH2CH3) 201107326 儘管存在配妥西菲林之有利活性,但仍持續需要在較 大患者群體中治療上述疾病及減,同時減少毒性反應及 其他不利作用之風險的新穎化合物。 心 【發明内容】 本發明係關於為經取代的黃嗓吟衍生物之新賴化合物 及其醫藥學上可接受之鹽。舉例而言,本發明係關於在結 構上與配妥西菲林相關之新穎經取代的黃嘌呤衍生物。本 發明亦提供包含-或多種本發明化合物及載劑的組成物及 所揭示之化合物及組成物在治療可得益於配妥西菲林及相 關化合物之疾病及病狀之方法中的用途。 【實施方式】 術語“舒緩”及“治療”可互換使用且包括治療性及 預防性治療。兩個術語皆意謂減少、抑制、減弱、削弱、 阻抑或穩定疾病(例如本文中描述之疾病或病症)之發展 或進展、減輕疾病嚴重程度或改善與疾病相關之症狀。 疾病意謂損害或干擾細胞、組織或器官之正常功 能之任何病狀或病症。 應認識到’視在合成中所使用之化學物質之來源而 疋’所合成之化合物中存在某種程度的天然同位素豐度之 變化。因此,配妥西菲林之製劑將固有地含有少量氘化同 位素類似物。儘管存在此變化,但與本發明化合物之穩定 同位素取代之程度相比’天然豐度穩定氫及碳同位素之濃 度較低且不重要。參見例如Wada e等人,Seikagaku,1 994, 66· 15 , Gannes LZ 等人,c;omp Biochem Physiol Mol Integr 201107326Abiphylline (Rx = Η) levopyl theophylline tobaline (Rx = CH2OCH2CH3) A-80271 5 ( Rx = CH2CH2CH3) 201107326 Despite the beneficial activity of the combination of cefolin, it continues to be needed in larger patients Novel compounds in the population that treat the above-mentioned diseases and reduce the risk of toxicity and other adverse effects. [Invention] The present invention relates to a novel compound which is a substituted xanthine derivative and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. For example, the present invention relates to novel substituted xanthine derivatives that are structurally related to the formulation of cefolin. The invention also provides the use of a composition comprising - or a plurality of compounds of the invention and a carrier, and the disclosed compounds and compositions for the treatment of a disease or condition which would benefit from the formulation of ceflin and related compounds. [Embodiment] The terms "soothing" and "treatment" are used interchangeably and include both therapeutic and prophylactic treatment. Both terms mean reducing, inhibiting, attenuating, attenuating, suppressing, or stabilizing the progression or progression of a disease, such as a disease or condition described herein, reducing the severity of the disease, or ameliorating the symptoms associated with the disease. A disease means any condition or disorder that damages or interferes with the normal function of a cell, tissue or organ. It should be recognized that there is some degree of variation in the abundance of natural isotopes in the compounds synthesized by the source of the chemical used in the synthesis. Thus, a formulation formulated with cefolin will inherently contain a small amount of a purine isoform analog. Despite this change, the concentration of the natural abundance-stabilized hydrogen and carbon isotope is lower and less important than the degree of stable isotope substitution of the compounds of the present invention. See, for example, Wada e et al, Seikagaku, 1 994, 66·15, Gannes LZ et al, c; omp Biochem Physiol Mol Integr 201107326

Physiol,1998, 1 1 9: 725。在本發明化合物中,當特定位置指 定為具有氘時,應瞭解彼位置之氘之豐度實質上大於氘之 天然豐度(其為0.015%)。指定為具有氘之位置典型地在該 化合物中指定為氘之各原子處具有至少334〇之最小同位素 富集因數(50.1%氘合併度)。 如本文中所用之術語“同位素富集因數,,意謂指定同 位素之同位素豐度與天然豐度之間的比率。 在其他具體實例中,對於各指定氘原子而言,本發明 化合物具有至少3500之同位素富集因數(各指定氘原子之 氘合併度為52.5〇/〇)、至少4〇〇〇(60%氘合併度)、至少45〇〇 氣合併度)、至少6000 ( 90%気合併度)、至少6333 3 ( 95% 氣合併度)' 至少6466·7(97%氣合併度)、至少6_(9州 氘合併度)或至少6633.3 ( 99 5%氘合併度)。 在本發明化合物中,未具體指定為特定同位素之任何 原子意欲表示彼原子之任何穩定同位素。除非另外陳述, -位置具體指定為“Η”或“氮,,時,該位置應理解 2有天然豐度同位素組成之氫。又,除非另外陳述,否 、lJ备一位置具體指定為“ D”或“氘,,時,誃 具有至少A — 〇Λ 應理解為 、有至4爪之天然豐度(其為0.015%)之334〇 之氘(亦即至少50· 1 %氘合併度)。 ^ 於本素類似物”編在同位素組成方面不同 之特疋化合物的物質。 術語“化合物” f涉及本發明化合物^係指除分+ 201107326 :組成原子之間可能存在同位素變化以外,具有相同化學 、。構之刀子的集合。因*匕,熟習此項技術者瞭解由含有所 相示氣原+之特定化學結構表示之化合物亦含有較少量的 在彼結構中之一或多個指定氘位置處具有氫原子之同位素 類似物。本發明化合物中該等同位素類似物之相對量視許 多因素而冑,該等因素包括:用於製備化合物之氘化試劑 的同位素純度及用於製備化合物之各種合成步驟中的氛合 ,效率‘然而,如以上所閣明,該等同位素類似物之相對 量全部小於化合物之49.9%。 ,舍明亦提供本發明化合物之鹽。本發明化合物之鹽 係在酸與化合物之鹼性基團(諸如胺基官能基)之間,或 驗與化合物之酸性基團(諸如缓基官能基)之間形成。根 據另-具體實例’化合物為醫藥學上可接受之酸加成鹽。 如本文中所用之術語“醫藥學上可接受”係指在正確 醫學判斷範圍内適用於與人類及其他哺乳動物之組織接觸 不田毋H、刺激性、過敏性反應及其類似反應,且與 2效益/風險比率相稱之組份。“醫藥學上可接受之鹽” 意謂在投予接受者後能夠直接或間接提供本發明化合物之 任何無毒鹽。“醫藥學上可接受之相對離子”》在投予接 文者後當自鹽釋放時不具有毒性之鹽之離子部分。 —通常用於形成醫藥學上可接受之鹽之酸包括無機酸, 者士瓜化氫鹽酸、氫溴酸、氫碘酸、硫酸及磷酸,以及 上機1諸如對甲苯石黃酸、水揚酸、酒石酉复、二酒石酸、 裏夂順丁烯二酸、苯磺酸(besyHc acid )、反丁烯二 201107326 s卜葡萄糖酸、葡糖醛酸、甲酸、麩胺酸、曱磺酸、乙碩 酸、苯磺酸(benzenesulfonic acid)、乳酸、草酸、對,臭苯 磺酸、碳酸、了二酸、檸檬酸、#甲酸及乙酸,以及相關 無機及有機酸。因此,該等醫躋學上可接受之鹽包括硫I 鹽、焦硫酸鹽、硫酸氫鹽、亞硫酸鹽、亞硫酸氫鹽、磷酸 鹽、磷酸單氫鹽、磷酸二氫鹽、偏磷酸鹽、焦磷酸鹽、氯 化物、溴化物 '碘化物、乙酸鹽、丙酸鹽、癸酸鹽、辛酸 鹽 '丙烯酸鹽、曱酸鹽、異丁酸鹽、癸酸鹽、庚酸鹽、丙 炔酸鹽、草酸鹽、丙二酸鹽、丁二酸鹽、辛二酸鹽、癸二 酸鹽、反丁烯二酸鹽、順丁稀二酸鹽、丁炔-1,4-二酸鹽、 己炔-1,6-二酸鹽、苯曱酸鹽、氣苯甲酸鹽、甲基苯甲酸鹽、 二硝基苯曱酸鹽、羥基苯甲酸鹽、甲氧基苯曱酸鹽、鄰苯 二曱酸鹽、對笨二曱酸鹽、績酸鹽、二曱苯續酸鹽、苯乙 酸鹽、苯丙酸鹽、苯丁酸鹽、檸檬酸鹽、乳酸鹽、卜羥基丁 酸鹽、羥乙酸鹽、順丁烯二酸鹽、酒石酸鹽、曱磺酸鹽、 丙磺酸鹽、萘-1 -磺酸鹽、萘-2_磺酸鹽、杏仁酸鹽及其他鹽。 在一具體實例中,醫藥學上可接受之酸加成鹽包括與無機 酸(諸如鹽酸及氫溴酸)形成之酸加成鹽,及尤其與有機 酸(諸如順丁烯二酸)形成之酸加成鹽。 本發明亦包括本發明之化合物之溶劑合物及水合物。 如本文中所用,術語“水合物”意謂另外包括化學計算或 非化學計算量的藉由非共價分子間力連接之水的化合物。 如本文中所用,術語“溶劑合物”意謂另外包括化學計算 或非化學計算量的藉由非共價分子間力連接之溶劑(諸如 10 201107326 氣甲烷、2-丙醇或其類似物)的 水、丙酮、乙醇、甲醇、 化合物。 應瞭解在式A、Al、u B中帶有取代基¥,及γ2之碳 原子在某些情況下可為對掌性的(當mR3彼此不同 時)且在其他情況下其可為非對掌性的(當γ|、丫2及r3 中之至少兩者相同時)。Α A A, τ 石々日Ν才J。在式Α、A1、ϊ及Β中,此碳原子 (亦即帶有Υ^Υ2之碳原子)由指示。因而,本發明 之對掌性化合物可以個別對映異構體形式’或以對映異構 體之外消旋或非外消旋混合物形式存在。因此,本發明化 合物包括外消旋及非外消旋對映異構混合物以及實質上不 含另-可能立體異構體之個別相應立體異構體。如本文中 所用之術語“實質上不含其他立體異構體,,意謂存在少於 25%之其他立體異構體、較佳少於⑽之其他立體異構體、 更佳少於5%之其他立體異構體且最佳少於2%之1他立體 異構體,或少於“Χ”%之其他立體異構體(其中X為〇與 100之間^包括0及1〇〇之數值)。獲得或合成指定化合物 之個別對映:構體之方法在此項技術中為熟知的且在可適 用於最終化合物或起始物質或中間物時加以採用。 除非另有指示,否則者所掘+ 貝J田所揭不之化合物按照結 名或描述而不指定立體化學構型且具有—或多㈣掌 心時,應視為表示化合物之所有可能立體異構體。 如本文中所用之術語“穩定化合物”係指具有足以容 許進行料之穩定性且保持化合物完整性歷時足以適用: 本文h羊这之目的(例如調配成治療性產品、用於產生治 201107326 療化口物之中間物、可分離或可儲存之中間化合物,從 治療劑起反應之疾病或病狀)之時段的化合物。 °係私氘。“立體異構體”係指對映異構體及非對 映異構體兩者° “第三”、…及“t·”各自係指第三。 us”係指美國。 如本文中所用之術t吾“伸烧基”意謂較佳具有一至六 個厌原子之直鏈或支鏈二價烴基(C,-6伸烷基)。在一些具 體實例中’伸院基具有一至四個碳原子(伸烧基)。如 本文中所用之“伸烷基,,之實例包括(但不限於)亞甲基 (CH2-)、伸乙基(_CH2CH2_ )、伸丙基(_CH2CH2CH2_ ), 及其支鏈型式,諸如)、_CH2CH(CH+及其類似 基團。 “鹵基”意謂氣基、溴基、氟基或碘基。 烧基意謂可為直鏈或支鏈且於鏈中具有1至15個 石反原子之脂族烴基。較佳烷基在鏈中具有丨至丨2個碳原 子,且更佳具有丨至6個碳原子。支鏈意謂一或多個諸如 甲基、乙基或丙基之低碳烷基連接至直鏈烷基鏈。“低碳 烧基意謂於可為直鏈或支鏈之鏈中具有約1至約4個碳 原子》例示性烷基包括甲基、氟甲基、二氟甲基、三氟甲 基、環丙基曱基、環戊基曱基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、 正丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、3_戊基、庚基 '辛基、壬基、 癸基及十二烷基;較佳為甲基、二氟甲基及異丙基。烷基 可視情況經一或多個選自以下之基團取代:鹵基、氰基、 經基、羧基、烷氧基、烷氧基羰基、側氧基、胺基、烷基 12 201107326 胺基、二烷基胺基'環雜烷基、烷基環雜烷基、芳基、烷 基芳基、雜芳基及烷基雜芳基。典型地,烷基取代基之任 何烷基或烷氧基部分皆具有1至6個碳原子。 “芳基’’意謂含有6至1 〇個碳原子之芳族碳環基團。 例示性芳基包括苯基或萘基。芳基可視情況經一或多個可 相同或不同,且選自以下之基團取代:烷基、芳基、芳烷 基、烷氧基、芳氧基、芳烷基氧基、鹵基及硝基。 典型地,芳基取代基之任何烷基或烷氧基部分皆具有】 至6個碳原子。 ‘雜芳基”意謂5至1〇員芳族單環或多環烴環系統, 其中環系統中之一或多個碳原子為除碳以外之元素,例如 氮、氧或硫。雜芳基可視情況經一或多個可相同或不同, 且選自以下之基團取代:烷基、芳基、芳烷基、烷氧基、 芳氧基、芳烷基氧基、函基及硝基。例示性雜芳基包括。比 嗪基、呋喃基、噻吩基、吡啶基、嘧啶基、異噁唑基、異 塞唑基、噠嗪基、丨,2,4_三嗪基、喹啉基及異喹啉基。 芳烷基”意謂芳基及烷基組份係如先前所述之芳基_ 燒基較佳芳烧基含有低碳烷基部分。例示性芳烷基包括 苄基及2-苯乙基。 ‘‘雜芳烷基,,意謂雜芳基及烷基組份係如先前所述之 雜芳基·燒基。 衣烧基思明具有3至1 0個碳原子之非芳族單環、 多環或橋環系、统。我基視情況經—或多㈣基或院基取 代例不性單& %院基環包括環戊基、氣環戊基、環己基 13 201107326 及壤庚基。 "餅雜%烷& 謂非芳族單環、雙環或三環,或橋熳 ^…,其中環系統中之-或多個原子為除碳以外之元 素’例如氮、氧或硫。較佳雜環烷基含有環大小為夂“固環 原子之環。例示性雜環烷基為吡咯啶、哌啶 四氫呋喃、四氫硫哌喃及四氫硫呋喃。 氧哏〇 環烷基烷基”意謂環烷基及烷基組份係如 之基團。 冗削尸n ‘‘雜我基烧基”意謂較基及院基組份 述之基團。 ^尤月j 之—術語“視情況經氣取代,,意謂所提及部分或化合物中 或多個氫原子可經相應數目之氘原子置換。 在本說明書通篇中,代號可一般性提及(例如‘‘么,,) ^特:提及(例如等)。除非另有指示,否 心體;::提及"'代號時’意欲包括彼特定代號之所有特 治療性化合物 本發明提供式A化合物:Physiol, 1998, 1 1 9: 725. In the compounds of the present invention, when a particular position is designated as having a hydrazone, it is understood that the abundance of the ruthenium at that position is substantially greater than the natural abundance of ruthenium (which is 0.015%). A minimum isotope enrichment factor (50.1% 氘 merging) of at least 334 Å at each atom designated as 氘 in the compound, designated as having a ruthenium. The term "isotopic enrichment factor, as used herein, means the ratio between the isotope abundance of a given isotope and the natural abundance. In other embodiments, the compound of the invention has at least 3500 for each specified deuterium atom. Isotopic enrichment factor (52.5〇/〇 for each specified 氘 atom), at least 4〇〇〇 (60%氘), at least 45〇〇 combined, at least 6000 (90%気 combined Degree), at least 6333 3 (95% gas pooling degree)' at least 6466·7 (97% gas pooling degree), at least 6_(9 state 氘 merging degree) or at least 6633.3 (99 5% 氘 combining degree). In a compound, any atom not specifically designated as a specific isotope is intended to represent any stable isotope of the other atom. Unless otherwise stated, the position is specifically designated as "Η" or "nitrogen," where the position is understood to have a natural abundance isotope The composition of hydrogen. Also, unless otherwise stated, no, the position specified as "D" or "氘", when 誃 has at least A - 〇Λ should be understood as having a natural abundance of up to 4 claws (which is 0.015%) 334 〇 氘 (that is, at least 5· 1 % 氘 merging degree) ^ 素 素 analogs are substances that are characterized by different isotope compositions. The term "compound" f relates to the compound of the invention means that the compound + 201107326: has the same chemical, except for possible isotopic variations between constituent atoms. A collection of knives. Because of this, it is understood by those skilled in the art that a compound represented by a specific chemical structure containing the phase gas + also contains a relatively small amount of an isotope having a hydrogen atom at one or more designated oxime positions in the structure. Things. The relative amounts of such isotopic analogs in the compounds of the invention will depend on a number of factors, including the isotope purity of the deuteration reagent used to prepare the compound and the atmosphere in the various synthetic steps used to prepare the compound, efficiency' However, as noted above, the relative amounts of the isotopic analogs are all less than 49.9% of the compound. Sheming also provides salts of the compounds of the invention. The salt of the compound of the invention is formed between the acid and a basic group of the compound, such as an amine functional group, or between an acidic group of the compound, such as a pendant functional group. According to another specific embodiment, the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" as used herein refers to a method suitable for contact with tissues of humans and other mammals, irritating, allergic reactions, and the like, within the scope of correct medical judgment, and 2 The proportion of the benefit/risk ratio is proportional. "Pharmaceutically acceptable salt" means any non-toxic salt of a compound of the invention which can be provided, directly or indirectly, upon administration to a recipient. The "pharmaceutically acceptable relative ion" does not have an ionic portion of the salt when released from the salt after administration to the recipient. - Acids commonly used to form pharmaceutically acceptable salts include inorganic acids, hydrogenated hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid and phosphoric acid, and on-machine 1 such as p-toluene, acid Acid, tartrazine, di-tartaric acid, limonic acid, besysulfonic acid, besyHc acid, anti-butene 201107326 s gluconic acid, glucuronic acid, formic acid, glutamic acid, sulfonic acid, B Physic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, lactic acid, oxalic acid, p-, odorous benzenesulfonic acid, carbonic acid, diacid, citric acid, #carboxylic acid and acetic acid, and related inorganic and organic acids. Accordingly, such medically acceptable salts include sulfur I salts, pyrosulfate salts, hydrogen sulfate salts, sulfites, bisulfites, phosphates, monohydrogen phosphates, dihydrogen phosphates, metaphosphates. , pyrophosphate, chloride, bromide 'iodide, acetate, propionate, citrate, octanoate' acrylate, citrate, isobutyrate, citrate, heptanoate, propyne Acid salts, oxalates, malonates, succinates, suberates, sebacates, fumarates, cis-succinates, butyne-1,4-diacids Salt, hexyne-1,6-diacid salt, benzoate, gas benzoate, methyl benzoate, dinitrophenyl phthalate, hydroxybenzoate, methoxybenzoquinone Acid salt, phthalate, p-dibenzoate, acid salt, diphenyl benzoate, phenylacetate, phenylpropionate, phenylbutyrate, citrate, lactate, Hydroxybutyrate, glycolate, maleate, tartrate, sulfonate, propane sulfonate, naphthalene-1 - sulfonate, naphthalene-2 sulfonate, mandelate and others salt. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt comprises an acid addition salt formed with a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid and hydrobromic acid, and especially with an organic acid such as maleic acid. Acid addition salt. The invention also includes solvates and hydrates of the compounds of the invention. As used herein, the term "hydrate" means a compound that additionally includes a stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amount of water joined by non-covalent intermolecular forces. As used herein, the term "solvate" means additionally comprising a stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amount of a solvent linked by non-covalent intermolecular forces (such as 10 201107326 gas methane, 2-propanol or the like) Water, acetone, ethanol, methanol, compounds. It should be understood that the carbon atoms bearing a substituent in the formula A, Al, u B, and γ2 may be palmar in some cases (when mR3 are different from each other) and in other cases they may be non-pair Palmish (when at least two of γ|, 丫2, and r3 are the same). Α A A, τ 石々日Ν才J. In the formula Α, A1, ϊ and Β, this carbon atom (i.e., a carbon atom having Υ^Υ2) is indicated. Thus, the palmitic compounds of the present invention may exist in individual enantiomeric forms or in the form of racemic or non-racemic mixtures of the enantiomers. Thus, the compounds of the invention include both racemic and non-racemic enantiomeric mixtures as well as individual corresponding stereoisomers which are substantially free of the other possible stereoisomers. The term "substantially free of other stereoisomers" as used herein means that less than 25% of other stereoisomers, preferably less than (10) other stereoisomers, more preferably less than 5% are present. Other stereoisomers and preferably less than 2% of 1 other stereoisomer, or less than "Χ"% of other stereoisomers (where X is between 〇 and 100^ including 0 and 1〇〇) The numerical values obtained. The individual enantiomers of the specified compounds are obtained or synthesized: the methods of the constructs are well known in the art and are employed when applicable to the final compound or starting material or intermediate. Unless otherwise indicated A compound that is not revealed by a person who has not been identified by a name or description and has a stereochemical configuration and has - or more (four) palms should be considered to represent all possible stereoisomers of the compound. As used herein. The term "stabilizing compound" means having sufficient to permit the stability of the material and maintaining the integrity of the compound for a sufficient period of time: for the purpose of the present invention (for example, formulation into a therapeutic product for the production of an intermediate for the treatment of 201107326 therapeutic mouthparts) Separable or A compound that can be stored as an intermediate compound, a disease or condition that responds from a therapeutic agent. ° is a private sputum. "Stereoisomer" refers to both enantiomers and diastereomers. “Third”, ... and “t·” each refer to the third. “us” means the United States. As used herein, "stretching base" means a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon group (C, -6 alkylene group) preferably having one to six anaerobic atoms. In some specific examples, the excipient has one to four carbon atoms (extension base). As used herein, "alkyl," examples include, but are not limited to, methylene (CH2-), ethyl (_CH2CH2), propyl (_CH2CH2CH2), and its branched forms, such as, _CH2CH (CH+ and the like. "Halo" means a gas group, a bromo group, a fluoro group or an iodine group. The alkyl group means a straight chain or a branched chain and has 1 to 15 stone anti atoms in the chain. An aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Preferably, the alkyl group has from 丨 to 2 carbon atoms in the chain, and more preferably has from 丨 to 6 carbon atoms. Branches mean one or more such as methyl, ethyl or propyl. The lower alkyl group is attached to the linear alkyl chain. "Low-carbon alkyl group means from about 1 to about 4 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched." Exemplary alkyl groups include methyl, fluoromethyl. Base, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, cyclopropyl decyl, cyclopentyl decyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, 3_ Butyl, heptyl 'octyl, decyl, decyl and dodecyl; preferably methyl, difluoromethyl and isopropyl. The alkyl group may optionally be one or more selected from the group consisting of Substituted: halo, cyano Base group, carboxyl group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, pendant oxy group, amine group, alkyl group 12 201107326 Amino group, dialkylamino group 'cycloheteroalkyl group, alkylcycloheteroalkyl group, aryl group, alkane Alkyl, heteroaryl and alkylheteroaryl. Typically, any alkyl or alkoxy moiety of the alkyl substituent has from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. "Aryl" means 6 to 1 An aromatic carbocyclic group of one carbon atom. Exemplary aryl groups include phenyl or naphthyl. The aryl group may be optionally substituted with one or more groups which may be the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups and aromatic groups. Alkyl, aralkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, halo and nitro. Typically, any alkyl or alkoxy moiety of the aryl substituent has from 6 to 6 carbon atoms 'Heteroaryl" means a 5 to 1 member aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon ring system in which one or more carbon atoms in the ring system are elements other than carbon, such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. The aryl group may be optionally substituted with one or more groups which may be the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyl Oxyl, functional and nitro. Exemplary heteroaryl groups include, for example, pyrazinyl, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, isoxazolyl, isethazolyl, pyridazinyl, anthracene, 2, 4-triazinyl, quinolyl and isoquinolyl. Aralkyl" means an aryl group and an alkyl component. The aryl group as described above preferably has a lower alkyl group. Exemplary aralkyl groups include benzyl and 2-phenylethyl. ''Heteroaralkyl, meaning heteroaryl and alkyl groups are heteroaryl-alkyl groups as previously described. A non-aromatic monocyclic, polycyclic or bridged ring system with 3 to 10 carbon atoms. I have a base- or poly(tetra)-based or no-base substitution. Including cyclopentyl, gas cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl 13 201107326 and phosphinyl. "cake hetero-alkane& is a non-aromatic monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring, or bridge 熳, wherein - or a plurality of atoms in the ring system are elements other than carbon, such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. Preferred heterocycloalkyl groups contain a ring having a ring size of 夂"a ring atom. Exemplary heterocycloalkyl groups are pyrrolidine, piperidine tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiopyran and tetrahydrothiofuran. Oxanium cycloalkylane "Base" means a group such as a cycloalkyl group and an alkyl component. The redundant corpse n ''Miscellaneous base') means a group that is more basic than the base group. ^尤月j - The term "replaces by gas, means the part or compound mentioned Or a plurality of hydrogen atoms may be replaced by a corresponding number of deuterium atoms. Throughout this specification, the code number may be referred to generically (eg, ‘‘,,,) ^ special: mention (eg, etc.). Unless otherwise indicated, no heart;:: refers to all special therapeutic compounds that are intended to include a particular code. The present invention provides a compound of formula A:

或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽, R及R係各自獨立地選自氫'-(Ci-cu)貌基’或_((VC4) 201107326 伸烷基-o-(c、-c〇烷基,其中烷基及伸烷基在各種情况下冬 立地且視情況經氘取代; R3 係選自-CH3、-CH2D、-CHD2 及-CD3 ; R4為視情況經氘取代之伸正丁基; K係選自氣、瓜、阬丞、環烷基、雜環烷基、環烷基 烧夂:雜繼烧基、芳基及雜芳基,其中淀基、環::、 雜%烷基、%烷基烷基、雜環烷基烷基、 方暴及雜芳其欠 =情:經取代且其中燒基,基、雜二 烧基、雜環院基烧基、芳基或雜芳基:坑基 代基中之-或多個氫原子視情況經相庫數二用之取 換;且 邳I數目之氘原子置 合之碳一起形成 自氫、氘、、 a)Y及Y各自為氟,或與其所蛀 〇〇,或(b)Yi係選自氟及抓且γ2係選。 -CH2D、-CHD2 及-CD3 ; 其限制條件為: 田 之至少一者帶有:,時,則RI、 當Y1為〇Η^γ2為氣或CH3時/個Μ子;且 及R5中之至少-者帶有至少一個氖原子/ m 在另—具體實例中,式A化合物不^…物:Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, each of R and R is independently selected from hydrogen '-(Ci-cu)morphyl' or _((VC4) 201107326 alkyl-o-(c,-c-decane a base wherein the alkyl group and the alkylene group are substituted in each case in winter and optionally by hydrazine; R3 is selected from the group consisting of -CH3, -CH2D, -CHD2 and -CD3; and R4 is an exo-butyl group which is optionally substituted by hydrazine; K is selected from the group consisting of gas, melon, hydrazine, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl: hydrazino, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein aryl, cyclo::, hetero-alkyl , % alkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; owing: substituted: and wherein alkyl, carbyl, heterobiphenyl, heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl Base: - or a plurality of hydrogen atoms in the pit base group are replaced by the number of phase libraries as the case may be; and the carbon of the 邳I number of 氘 atoms is formed together from hydrogen, hydrazine, a) Y and Y Each is fluorine, or is conjugated thereto, or (b) Yi is selected from the group consisting of fluorine and grab and γ2. -CH2D, -CHD2 and -CD3; the restrictions are: at least one of the fields has: When, RI, when Y1 is 〇Η^γ2 is gas or CH3/a scorpion; and At least one of R5 carries at least one deuterium atom / m. In another embodiment, the compound of formula A does not:

15 20110732615 201107326

H3CH3C

03 P N /N 在式A之另一具體實例中,當R1及R2各自為視情況 經氘取代之甲基且R5為氫或氘時,則:(i ) Y1為氟基;或 (ii) Y1 為 OH,且 Y2 係選自-CH3、-CH2D、-CHD2 及-CD3。 在此具體實例之一態樣中,該化合物不為03 PN /N In another specific example of formula A, when R1 and R2 are each methyl optionally substituted by hydrazine and R5 is hydrogen or deuterium, then: (i) Y1 is a fluoro group; or (ii) Y1 is OH, and Y2 is selected from -CH3, -CH2D, -CHD2, and -CD3. In one aspect of this specific example, the compound is not

在此具體實例之一更特定態樣中,Y2、R1、R2、R3及 R4中之至少一者帶有至少一個氘原子。 在式A之另一具體實例中,R1及R2各自為視情況經沉 取代之曱基;R5為氫或氘;且:(a ) Y1及Y2與其所結合 之碳原子一起形成=0,或(b) Y1為-OH且Y2係選自氫及 氘,其限制條件為: 當Y1及Y2與其所結合之碳一起形成C = 0時,則R1、 R2、R3、R4及R5中之至少一者帶有至少一個氘原子;且 當Y1為OH時,貝ij Y2、R1、R2、R3、R4及R5中之至 少一者帶有至少一個氛原子。 在式A之另一具體實例中,R5為D,該化合物具有式 16 201107326 X ,R1 :杯 R2 A1 : (A1 )或其鹽,其中 Rl、R2、R3、R4、 Y及Y2係如關於式A所定義e 在式A1之一態樣中,…及R2係各自獨立地選自-CH3、 -CH2D、_CHD2及·CD3 ; r3係選自偶偶D、_c叫及 CD3 , R # I -(CH2)4. ^ -(CD2)4. , t -(CD2)3CH2 a t CD2(CH2)3-,其中“ t,’表示r4部分之與化合物中之 c^KY2)結合之部分;且(a) γ,為〇H且γ2係選自氫及 氛;或(b) γ1及γ2與其所連接之碳-起形成㈣。 ά在式A1之一更特定態樣中,^2係各自獨立地選 一 (CH:)」ra = 〜所連接之v—=:自如 在式A 1之另一態樣中,Rl及R2 及偶選自偶及.CD^自獨立地選自偶 -叫chuyUy2與其所連^自仰‘及t 在另-具體實例中,本發明提 Ί形成c=0。 為氫,該化合物具有式j ·· 、八A化合物,其中R5In a more specific aspect of one of the specific examples, at least one of Y2, R1, R2, R3, and R4 carries at least one germanium atom. In another embodiment of Formula A, R1 and R2 are each an optionally substituted thiol group; R5 is hydrogen or deuterium; and: (a) Y1 and Y2 together with the carbon atom to which they are combined form =0, or (b) Y1 is -OH and Y2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and helium, and the restrictions are as follows: When Y1 and Y2 together with the carbon to which they are combined form C = 0, then at least R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 One has at least one germanium atom; and when Y1 is OH, at least one of the shells ij Y2, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 carries at least one atmosphere atom. In another embodiment of Formula A, R5 is D, and the compound has the formula 16 201107326 X , R1 : a cup R 2 A1 : (A1 ) or a salt thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, Y, and Y2 are as e is defined by Formula A. In one aspect of Formula A1, ... and R2 are each independently selected from -CH3, -CH2D, _CHD2, and CD3; r3 is selected from the group consisting of even D, _c, and CD3, R # I - (CH2)4. ^ -(CD2)4. , t -(CD2)3CH2 at CD2(CH2)3-, wherein "t, 'is the portion of the r4 moiety that binds to c^KY2 in the compound); a) γ, which is 〇H and γ2 is selected from hydrogen and atmosphere; or (b) γ1 and γ2 are formed by the carbon-bonded thereto (4). In a more specific aspect of formula A1, ^2 is independent Select one (CH:)"ra = ~ connected v-=: freely in another aspect of formula A1, Rl and R2 and even are selected from even. CD^ is independently selected from even-called chuyUy2 is connected to it and is in the other embodiment, the present invention provides c=0. Is hydrogen, the compound has the formula j · ·, eight A compound, of which R5

R3 * R4-NR3 * R4-N

R1 〆 NJ N N R2 (或其鹽,其中 R1及R2係各自獨立地選自氫、〜(a 17 201107326 伸烷基-OjCi-C^)烧基,其中烷基及伸烷基在各種情況下獨 立地且視情況經氘取代; R3 係選自 _CH3、-CH2D、-CHD2 及-CD3 ; r4為視情況經氘取代之伸正丁基;且 (a) γ1及γ2各自為氟,或與其所連接之碳一起形成 C = 〇;或(b) Y1係選自氟及OH;且Y2係選自氫、氘、_CH3、 -CH2D、-CHD2 及-CD3, 其限制條件為: 當Y1及Y2與其所連接之碳一起形成c = 0時,則R1、 R2、R3及R4中之至少一者帶有至少一個氘原子;且 當Y1為OH且Y2為氫或-CH3時,則R1、R2、R3及R4 中之至少一者帶有至少一個氣原子。 在式I之一更特定具體實例中,R1及R2係各自獨立地 選自-ch3、-CH2D、-CHD2 及-CD3; R3 係選自-CH3、-CH2D ' -CHD2 及-CD3 ; r4 係選自-(CH2)4·、·((:Ι)2)4-、t _(CD2)3CH2 及t -CD2(CH2)3_,其中“ t ”表示R4部分之與化合物中之 c(y|)(Y2)結合之部分;且YU 〇H且Y、選自氫及氘;或 γ及γ與其所連接之碳一起形成c=〇。 在式1之另‘癌樣中,Rl及R2係各自獨立地選自-ch3 及CE>3,R係選自_Cli3及'CD3 ; R4係選自-(CH2)4-及t _C2D2(CH2)3_ ’ a . γ1為0H且Y2係選自氫及氣;或Y1及 Υ與其所連接之碳一起形成c=〇。 在式I之另一態樣中 及-CD3 ; R3係選自 ’ R及R2係各自獨立地選自·CH3 及-CD3 ; R4 係選自 _(CH2)4-及 t 201107326 -CD2(CH2)3-;且Y1及Y2與其所連接之碳一起形成c = o。 在另一具體實例中,在以上闡明之任一態樣中,式I 化合物不為以下化合物:R1 〆NJ NN R2 (or a salt thereof, wherein R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, ~(a 17 201107326 alkyl-OjCi-C^), wherein alkyl and alkyl are in each case Independently and optionally substituted by hydrazine; R3 is selected from the group consisting of _CH3, -CH2D, -CHD2 and -CD3; r4 is an exobutyl group substituted by hydrazine as appropriate; and (a) γ1 and γ2 are each fluorine, or The attached carbons together form C = 〇; or (b) Y1 is selected from the group consisting of fluorine and OH; and Y2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydrazine, _CH3, -CH2D, -CHD2, and -CD3, with the following restrictions: When Y1 and When Y2 forms a c = 0 together with the carbon to which it is attached, then at least one of R1, R2, R3 and R4 carries at least one deuterium atom; and when Y1 is OH and Y2 is hydrogen or -CH3, then R1 At least one of R2, R3 and R4 carries at least one gas atom. In a more specific embodiment of Formula I, R1 and R2 are each independently selected from -ch3, -CH2D, -CHD2, and -CD3; It is selected from -CH3, -CH2D ' -CHD2 and -CD3 ; r4 is selected from -(CH2)4·,·((:Ι)2)4-, t _(CD2)3CH2 and t-CD2(CH2) 3_, where "t" represents the part of the R4 moiety that binds to c(y|)(Y2) in the compound And YU 〇H and Y, selected from hydrogen and hydrazine; or γ and γ together with the carbon to which they are attached form c=〇. In the other 'cancer sample of Formula 1, R1 and R2 are each independently selected from - Ch3 and CE>3, R is selected from _Cli3 and 'CD3; R4 is selected from -(CH2)4- and t_C2D2(CH2)3_'a. γ1 is 0H and Y2 is selected from hydrogen and gas; or Y1 And Υ together with the carbon to which it is attached to form c=〇. In another aspect of Formula I and -CD3; R3 is selected from the group consisting of 'R and R2 are each independently selected from -CH3 and -CD3; R4 is selected from _(CH2)4- and t 201107326 -CD2(CH2)3-; and Y1 and Y2 together with the carbon to which they are attached form c = o. In another embodiment, in any of the aspects set forth above, I compounds are not the following compounds:

在另一具體實例中,在以上闡明之任一態樣中,式I 化合物不為以下化合物:In another embodiment, in any of the aspects set forth above, the compound of Formula I is not the following compound:

在另一具體實例中,在以上闡明之任一態樣中,式I 化合物不為以下化合物:In another embodiment, in any of the aspects set forth above, the compound of Formula I is not the following compound:

19 201107326 本發明之另一具體實例提供< n化合物: R3^ r4-n〆 ο人19 201107326 Another specific example of the present invention provides a < n compound: R3^ r4-n〆 ο

Ν R2 R1Ν R2 R1

N />N />

N (II )或其鹽,其中: R及R係各自獨立地選自氫、_(Ci_c4)烷基,或_(Ci_C4) 伸m(C|'C2)院基,其中院基及伸烧基在各種情況下獨 立地且視情況經氘取代; ^ 係選自.CH3、_CH2D ' _咖2及 _CD3 ; R4為視情況經氘取代之伸正丁基丨且 其中R、R3及R4中之至少一者帶有至少一個氘原子。 一具體實例係關於式 R2及R3係各自獨立地選自 A、Al、I或II之化合物,其中 •CH3、-CH2D、-CHD2 及-CD3。 另具體實例係關於式A、A卜I或II之化合物,其中 ^及r3係各自獨立地選自-CH3及-CD3。 另一具體實例係關於式A、A1、I或II之化合物,其中 R係選自氮、(CrCj烷基及(C「C2)伸烷基_〇(Ci_C2)烷基。 另一具體實例係關於式A、A卜I或II之化合物,其中 R 為氫、-CH3、-CD3、-CH2CH2CH3、-CD2CH2CH3、 -CD2CD2CH3' -CD2CD2CD3^ -CH2OCH2CH3' -CH2OCD2CH3 ' -CD2OCD2CH3 或 -ch2ocd2cd3 . -CD2〇CH2CH3 -cd2ocd2cd3。 另一具體實例係關於式A化合物,其中R5係選自氫、 20 201107326 氘、烷基、環烷基、雜環烷基、環烷基烷基及雜環烷基烷 基’其中烷基、環烷基、雜環烷基、環烷基烷基及雜環烷 基烷基各自可視情況經取代。 在式A、A1或I之其他具體實例中: a) R4中之各亞甲基單元係選自_Ch2_& _Cd2_ ;更特定 言之 R4 係選自-(CH2)4-、-(CD2)4-、f _CD2(CH2)34 ' -(CD2)3CH2_,其中表示r4連接至化合物中之c(yi)(y2) 之點; b)當 Y1 為 F 時 ’ Y2 係選自氫、_CH3、_CH2D、_CHD2 及-cd3 ;或 c) 當Y1為F時,Y2為氟;或 d) 當Υ與Υ2不相同且γ2與R3不相同且γ|與R3不 γ1ν、γ2 ” 相同時,“ 處之立體化學構型由r3\r4-丨表示;或 e) 當Y與Y2不相同且γ2與R3不相同且γι與R3不 γΐ γ2 〆、 相同時,處之立體化學構型由R3:^R4-丨表示。 3在式A、A1或I之其他具體實例中,Rl為_Cd3 ·,R2及 R3為-ch3 ; Y丨及Y2 一起形成c=〇 ;且r4係選自(CH2)4_、 -(CD2)4-、t -CD2(CH2)3jt .(CD2)3CH2_。 在式A r3 為-CH3 ; 及-(cd2)4-。 、A1或I之其他具體實例中’ Rl為-CD〆R2及 Y及Y —起形成C = 〇 ;且R4係選自-(CH2)4_ 3在式A、A1或I之其他具體實例中,R|為R2及 為-CH3,R為_(CH2)4- ; γ1為氟基;且γ2係選自沉、 -CH2D、_CHd2 及_〇£)3。 21 201107326 3在式A、A1或Ϊ之其他具體實例中,R1為-Ch ;…及 R3為-CH3 ; Μ為_(CH2)4- ; γ1為氟基;且丫2為敗。 在式Α或A1之其他具體實例中,Ri為; r2及y 為-CH3 ; R4為_(CH2)4_ ; r5為氘;γ丨為氟基;且γ2係選自 氘 ' -CH2D ' -CHD2 及-CD3。 在式A或A1之其他具體實例中,R1為-CD〆R2及y 為-ch3; r、_(CH2)4.; r5u ; YU氟基;且 丫2 為氧。 斤在式A、或1之其他具體實例中,γΐ為F ; γ2係選 自氫,R為-CH3丨且r4為_(CH2)4_。 、 Υ為F ; Υ2為氟; 在式A、A 1或I之其他具體實例中 r3 為-CH3 ;且 r4 為-((:Η2)4-。 一具體實例提供式Β化合物:N (II ) or a salt thereof, wherein: R and R are each independently selected from hydrogen, _(Ci_c4)alkyl, or _(Ci_C4) extend m(C|'C2), wherein the base and the extension are burned. The base is independently and optionally substituted by hydrazine in each case; ^ is selected from the group consisting of .CH3, _CH2D ' _ coffee 2 and _CD3; R4 is an exo-butyl hydrazine substituted by hydrazine as appropriate and wherein R, R3 and R4 are At least one of them carries at least one helium atom. A specific example is a compound wherein R2 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of A, Al, I or II, wherein: CH3, -CH2D, -CHD2 and -CD3. Another specific example is a compound of formula A, A, I or II wherein each of the ^ and r3 systems are independently selected from -CH3 and -CD3. Another specific example is a compound of formula A, A1, I or II wherein R is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, (CrCj alkyl and (C"C2)alkyl-hydrazine-Ci_C2) alkyl. Another specific example is A compound of formula A, A, I or II, wherein R is hydrogen, -CH3, -CD3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CD2CH2CH3, -CD2CD2CH3'-CD2CD2CD3^-CH2OCH2CH3'-CH2OCD2CH3'-CD2OCD2CH3 or -ch2ocd2cd3. -CD2〇 CH2CH3 - cd2ocd2cd3. Another specific example relates to a compound of formula A, wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 20 201107326 hydrazine, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and heterocycloalkylalkyl' Wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and heterocycloalkylalkyl are each optionally substituted. In other specific examples of formula A, A1 or I: a) each of R4 The methylene unit is selected from the group consisting of _Ch2_&_Cd2_; more specifically, the R4 is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)4-, -(CD2)4-, f_CD2(CH2)34'-(CD2)3CH2_, which represents r4 Connected to the point of c(yi)(y2) in the compound; b) When Y1 is F, Y2 is selected from hydrogen, _CH3, _CH2D, _CHD2 and -cd3; or c) When Y1 is F, Y2 is fluorine ; or d) when Υ and Υ 2 When γ2 and R3 are different and γ| is the same as R3 and γ1ν, γ2 ′′, “the stereochemical configuration is represented by r3\r4-丨; or e) when Y and Y2 are different and γ2 and R3 are not When the same and γι and R3 are not γΐ γ2 〆, the stereochemical configuration is represented by R3:^R4-丨. 3 In other specific examples of Formula A, A1 or I, Rl is _Cd3 ·, R2 and R3 is -ch3; Y丨 and Y2 together form c=〇; and r4 is selected from (CH2)4_, -(CD2)4-, t-CD2(CH2)3jt.(CD2)3CH2_. In formula A r3 -CH3; and -(cd2)4-. In other specific examples of A1 or I, 'Rl is -CD〆R2 and Y and Y together form C=〇; and R4 is selected from -(CH2)4_3 In other specific examples of Formula A, A1 or I, R| is R2 and is -CH3, R is _(CH2)4-; γ1 is a fluorine group; and γ2 is selected from the group consisting of sinking, -CH2D, _CHd2, and _〇£) 3. 2011 201107326 3 In other specific examples of formula A, A1 or Ϊ, R1 is -Ch; ... and R3 is -CH3; Μ is _(CH2)4-; γ1 is a fluorine group; and 丫2 is a failure. In other specific examples of the formula or A1, Ri is; r2 and y are -CH3; R4 is _(CH2)4_; r5 is 氘; γ丨 is a fluorine group; and γ2 is selected from 氘'-CH2D' - CHD2 and -CD3. In other specific examples of Formula A or A1, R1 is -CD〆R2 and y is -ch3; r, _(CH2)4.; r5u; YU fluoro group; and 丫2 is oxygen. In other specific examples of Formula A, or 1, γΐ is F; γ2 is selected from hydrogen, R is -CH3丨 and r4 is _(CH2)4_. Υ is F; Υ2 is fluorine; in other specific examples of formula A, A 1 or I, r3 is -CH3; and r4 is -((:Η2)4-. A specific example provides a compound of the formula:

^ Υ2 2? Ζ3 25 25 Β,或其醫藥學上可接受之 鹽’其中R及R2係各自獨立地選自-CH3及_ 办 或氘;Z3各自為氫D戈气.74々△ A,斗、> ^ 馬風 飞次讥,Z各自為氫或氘;Z5各自為氫吱 鼠;且⑴Y丨為OH,且¥2為氮或氛,或⑴¥丨及= 與其所連接之碳一起形成c = 〇。 一具體實例提俾,u , /、式B化合物,其中Z3、Z4及Z5 氫。在一態樣中’ RI 3 D 2 為 A 11各自為-CD3。在另一態樣中,5 為氘。在另一態樣中,, 及Y與其所連接之碳一起形占、 c = 0。在另一態樣中, 起形成 γ為OH,且Y2為氫或氘。 另一具體貫例提彳此4 ώ 何仏式Β化合物,其中Ζ3、Ζ4及Ζ5各 22 201107326 為氘。在一態樣中,R| 2 5 R各自為*CD3。在另一能媒士 R5為気。在另一態樣 以樣中, ^ n σ γ及γ與其所連接之碳一起刑a 〇0。在另一態樣中人起形成 Y為OH,且γ2為氯 另一具體實例提供式 ^ 式Β化合物,盆ψ ρΐ 2〜 -CD3。在一態樣中,R5 〃 R及R各自為 马鼠。在另一態樣中,^4 Ώ s 各自為氫且V為氣。在 :樣中’ z、z及Z5 且R5為氘。 及ζ各自為a 另一具體實例提供 供式B化合物,其中γ1 2 連接之碳一起形成C;^ 所 Q。在一態樣中,R5為 樣中,Z3、z4及Z5各自 5 為爪。在另一態 3為虱且R5為氘。在另一能4笔A z4及Z5各自為uR5 巧爪在另態樣中,z3、 ^ 馬鼠0在另—態樣中,R1及R2夂έ 為-cd3。在另'態樣中, R及尺各自 l „ 及R各自為- CD、且R5或鸟 在另一態樣中,R丨及Λ Α且R為爪(。 為氖。在另-態樣中,R1自:广3 :且Z、以及z5各自 各自為說且R5為氖。在 各自為-CD3,Z3、Z4及z5 且23、24及25各另一態樣中,Rl及R2各自為-cd3, -CD3, Z3、及z5乳。在另一態樣中,R1及R2各自為 自為氫且R5為氛。 另一具體實例提佴 或氖。在一態樣中,R51化口物,γ為0H,且γ2為氫 各自為氯且〜。在另氛=—態樣中’〜及25 且R5為氖。在另4 痛樣中,ζ、ζ4及Ζ5各自為氛 在另一態樣 態樣中,RI及r2各 R及R各自為-CD3。在另一 R及R2各自為·c〇3,且 4勹汛在另一成樣中, 樣_ , R1及r2各自 、Z及Z5各自為氘。在另一態^ Υ2 2? Ζ3 25 25 Β, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R and R2 are each independently selected from -CH3 and _ or 氘; Z3 is each hydrogen D gas. 74 々 Δ A,斗, > ^ 马风飞次讥, Z are each hydrogen or helium; Z5 is each hydrogen hamster; and (1) Y丨 is OH, and ¥2 is nitrogen or atmosphere, or (1) ¥丨 and = together with the carbon to which it is attached c = 〇. A specific example is a compound of the formula, u, /, formula B, wherein Z3, Z4 and Z5 are hydrogen. In one aspect, 'RI 3 D 2 is A 11 each is -CD3. In another aspect, 5 is 氘. In another aspect, and Y is taken together with the carbon to which it is attached, c = 0. In another aspect, γ is formed as OH, and Y2 is hydrogen or helium. Another specific example is to extract the Β3 ώ compound, which is Ζ3, Ζ4, and Ζ5 each 22 201107326. In one aspect, R| 2 5 R is each *CD3. In another energy media R5 is 気. In another aspect, ^ n σ γ and γ together with the carbon to which they are attached are a 〇0. In another aspect, a person forms Y as OH and γ2 is chlorine. Another specific example provides a compound of the formula ψ, ψ ρ ΐ 2~ -CD3. In one aspect, R5 〃 R and R are each a horse rat. In another aspect, ^4 Ώ s is each hydrogen and V is gas. In the sample: 'z, z, and Z5 and R5 is 氘. And ζ each provides a compound of formula B for another specific example, wherein the γ1 2 attached carbons together form C; In one aspect, R5 is the sample, and each of Z3, z4, and Z5 is a claw. In the other state 3 is 虱 and R5 is 氘. In the other four pens A z4 and Z5 are each uR5 clever claws in another state, z3, ^ horse rat 0 in another state, R1 and R2夂έ are -cd3. In another aspect, each of R and the ruler l and R are each -CD, and R5 or the bird is in another aspect, R丨 and Λ Α and R is a claw (. is 氖. in another aspect) Wherein, R1 is from: wide 3: and Z and z5 are each said and R5 is 氖. In each of -CD3, Z3, Z4 and z5 and 23, 24 and 25, R1 and R2 are each In another aspect, each of R1 and R2 is self-hydrogen and R5 is an atmosphere. Another specific example is 佴 or 氖. In one aspect, R51 Oral substance, γ is 0H, and γ2 is hydrogen and each is chlorine and ~. In the other atmosphere = -25 and R5 is 氖. In the other 4 pain samples, ζ, ζ4 and Ζ5 are each in the atmosphere In another aspect, each of R and R of RI and r2 is -CD3. In another R and R2, each is ·c〇3, and 4勹汛 is in another sample, like _, R1 and r2 Each, Z and Z5 are each 氘. In another state

為,,〜及f各自為氖且RU 23 201107326 氘。在另一態樣中,R1及R2各自為-CD3,且Z3、Z4及Z5 各自為氫。在另一態樣中,R1及R2各自為-CD3,Z3、Z4及 Z5各自為氫且R5為氘。 另一具體實例提供式B化合物,其中R5為氘。 另一具體實例提供式B化合物,其中R5為氘,Z3、Z4 及Z5為氫且R1為-CD3。 式A、Al、I或II化合物之特定實例包括展示於表1-6 (以下)中之化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,其中“ t ” 表示R4部分之與化合物中之C^Y1)”2)結合之部分。在該等 表中,指定為“”或“(S) ”之化合物係指帶有Υ1 取代基之碳處之立體化學構型。未進行任何指定且含有與 Υ 1及Υ2結合之對掌性碳原子之化合物意欲表示對映異構體 之外消旋混合物。 表1 :特定式I化合物之實例。配妥西菲林及其代謝物之氘 化及/或氟化類似物。 化合物 R1 R2 R3 R4 Y1 Y2 100 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 一起形成為=0 101 cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 一起形成為=0 102 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 一起形成為=0 103 cd3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 一起形成為=0 104 ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 一起形成為=0 105 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 一起形成為=0 106 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 一起形成為=0 107 ch3 ch3 cd3 tCD/CHA 一起形成為=0 108 ch3 ch3 cd3 kCD+CHs 一起形成為=0 109 cd3 ch3 cd3 tCD/CHA 一起形成為=0 110 cd3 ch3 cd3 t(CD2)3CH2 一起形成為=0 24 201107326For, ~ and f are each 氖 and RU 23 201107326 氘. In another aspect, each of R1 and R2 is -CD3, and each of Z3, Z4 and Z5 is hydrogen. In another aspect, R1 and R2 are each -CD3, and Z3, Z4 and Z5 are each hydrogen and R5 is deuterium. Another embodiment provides a compound of formula B, wherein R5 is deuterium. Another embodiment provides a compound of formula B wherein R5 is deuterium, Z3, Z4 and Z5 are hydrogen and R1 is -CD3. Specific examples of the compound of the formula A, Al, I or II include the compound shown in Table 1-6 (below) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein "t" represents the R^ moiety and the C^Y1 in the compound. "2) A combination of components. In these tables, a compound designated as "" or "(S)" refers to a stereochemical configuration of a carbon with a substituent of Υ1. No designation is given and Compounds of 1 and Υ2 in combination with a palmitic carbon atom are intended to represent racemic mixtures of enantiomers. Table 1: Examples of specific compounds of formula I. Deuteration and/or fluorine of the combination of ceflin and its metabolites Compound R1 R2 R3 R4 Y1 Y2 100 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 together form =0 101 cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 together form =0 102 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 together form =0 103 cd3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 together formed as =0 104 ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 together formed as =0 105 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 together formed as =0 106 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 together form =0 107 ch3 ch3 cd3 tCD/CHA are formed together as =0 108 ch3 ch3 cd3 kCD+CHs are formed together as =0 109 cd3 ch3 cd3 tCD/CHA It is formed as = 0 110 cd3 ch3 cd3 t (CD2) 3CH2 taken together as = 024201107326

化合物 R1 R2 R3 R4 Y' Y2 111 ch3 cd3 cd3 一起形成為=0 112 ch3 cd3 cd3 卞(032)3012 一起形成為=〇 113 cd3 cd3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 一起形成為=0 114 cd3 cd3 cd3 卞(cd2)3ch2 一起形成為=0 115 cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH Η 116 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH Η 117 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH Η 118 cd3 cd3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 OH Η 119 cd3 ch3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 OH Η 119(Λ) cd3 ch3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 ⑻OH Η 120 ch3 cd3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 OH Η 121 ch3 ch3 CDs tCD2(CH2)3 OH Η 122 cd3 cd3 CDs (CD2)4 OH Η 123 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH Η 124 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH Η 125 ch3 CH cd3 (CD2)4 OH Η 126 cd3 cd3 cd3 f(CD2)3CH2 OH Η 127 cd3 ch3 cd3 f(CD2)3CH2 OH Η 128 ch3 cd3 cd3 ^ϋ2)3(:Η2 OH Η 129 ch3 ch3 cd3 f(CD2)3CH2 OH Η 130 cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH D 131 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH D 131(i?) cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 ⑻OH D 131⑸ cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 ⑸OH D 132 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH D 133 ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH D 133(i?) ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 ⑻OH D 133C5T) ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 GS0OH D 134 cd3 cd3 cd3 也2仰2)3 OH D 135 cd3 ch3 cd3 ^〇2(〇Η2)3 OH D 135(H) CDs ch3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 ⑻OH D 136 ch3 cd3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 OH D 137 ch3 ch3 cd3 +CD2(CH2)3 OH D 138 cd3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH D 139 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH D 140 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH D 141 ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH D 25 201107326Compound R1 R2 R3 R4 Y' Y2 111 ch3 cd3 cd3 together form = 112 112 ch3 cd3 cd3 卞 (032) 3012 together form = 〇 113 cd3 cd3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 together form = 114 cd3 cd3 cd3 卞(cd2)3ch2 is formed together as =0 115 cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH Η 116 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH Η 117 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH Η 118 cd3 cd3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 OH Η 119 cd3 ch3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 OH Η 119(Λ) cd3 ch3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 (8)OH Η 120 ch3 cd3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 OH Η 121 ch3 ch3 CDs tCD2(CH2)3 OH Η 122 cd3 cd3 CDs (CD2)4 OH Η 123 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH Η 124 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH Η 125 ch3 CH cd3 (CD2)4 OH Η 126 cd3 cd3 cd3 f(CD2)3CH2 OH Η 127 cd3 Ch3 cd3 f(CD2)3CH2 OH Η 128 ch3 cd3 cd3 ^ϋ2)3(:Η2 OH Η 129 ch3 ch3 cd3 f(CD2)3CH2 OH Η 130 cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH D 131 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2) 4 OH D 131(i?) cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 (8)OH D 131(5) cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 (5)OH D 132 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH D 133 ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH D 133(i ?) ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 (8)OH D 133C5T) ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 GS0OH D 134 cd3 Cd3 cd3 also 2 up 2) 3 OH D 135 cd3 ch3 cd3 ^〇2(〇Η2)3 OH D 135(H) CDs ch3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 (8)OH D 136 ch3 cd3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 OH D 137 Ch3 ch3 cd3 +CD2(CH2)3 OH D 138 cd3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH D 139 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH D 140 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH D 141 ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH D 25 201107326

化合物 R1 R2 R3 R4 Y1 Y2 142 cd3 cd3 cd3 t(CD2)3CH2 OH D 143 cd3 ch3 cd3 Hco2)2Cu2 OH D 144 ch3 cd3 cd3 kCDACHz OH D 145 ch3 ch3 cd3 个仰2)3(:比 OH D 146 CD3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 F H 147 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F H 148 ch3 cd3 ch3 (ch2)4 F H 149 ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F H 150 CD3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 F F 151 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F F 152 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 F F 153 ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F F 以上表1屐示特定式i化合物之實例。此等實例為配妥 西菲林及其代謝物之氘化及/或氟化類似物。 表2: R1為Η且Y2為CH3或CD3之特定式I化合物之實例。 化合物 R1 R2 R3 R4 Y1 Y2 200 H cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 201 H cd3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 202 H ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 203 H cd3 cd3 ^ϋ2(ΟΗ2)3 OH cd3 204 H ch3 cd3 ^Ο2(0Η2)3 OH cd3 205 H cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 206 H ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 207 H cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 208 H ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 209 H cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 210 H ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 以上表2展示R1為Η且Y2為CH3或CD3之特定式I 化合物之實例。此等化合物包括阿比茶鹼(HWA-1 38 )之 氘化及氟化類似物。已針對與配妥西菲林相關之用途對阿 26 201107326 比茶鹼進行研究。 表3 : R1為視情況經氘取代之-CH2-0-CH2CH3之式I之特定 實例。 化合物 R1 R2 R3 R4 Y' Y2 250 CD2OCD2CD3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 251 cd2och2ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 252 CH2OCH2CH3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 253 CD20CD2CD3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 254 CD2OCH2CH3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 255 cd2ocd2cd3 cd3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 256 CD20CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 257 CH20CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 258 CD2OCD2CD3 ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 259 CD20CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 260 CH2OCH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 261 CD20CD2CD3 cd3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 OH cd3 262 CD20CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 OH cd3 263 CH2OCH2CH3 cd3 CDs ^ϋ2(ΟΗ2)3 OH cd3 264 cd2ocd2cd3 ch3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 OH cd3 265 CD20CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 个 cd2(ch2)3 OH cd3 266 CH20CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 tCD/CHA OH cd3 267 CD20CD2CD3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 268 CD20CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 269 CH20CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 270 CD2OCD2CD3 ch3 CD3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 271 cd2och2ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 272 CH20CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 273 CD20CD2CD3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 274 CD20CH2CH3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 275 CH2OCH2CH3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 276 CD20CD2CD3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 277 CD20CH2CH3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 278 CH20CH2CH3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 279 CD2OCD2CD3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 280 CD20CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 281 CH20CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 282 CD20CD2CD3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 283 CD2OCH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 284 CH20CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 27 201107326 以上表3展示R1為視情況經氘取代之-CH2-0-CH2CH3 之特定式I化合物之實例。在此等實例中,Y1為OH或F 且Y2為CH3或CD3。此等化合物包括托巴茶鹼(HWA-448 ) 之氘化及氟化類似物。已針對抑鬱症、尿失禁、大腸急躁 症及多發性硬化症之治療對托巴茶鹼進行研究。 表4 : R1為視情況經氘取代之-CH2CH2CH3且Y1為OH或F 之式I之特定實例。 化合物 R1 R2 R3 R4 Y1 Y2 300 cd2cd2cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 301 CD2CH2CH3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 302 CH2CH2CH3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 303 CD2CD2CD3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 304 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 305 CD2CD2CD3 cd3 CDs (CH2)4 OH cd3 306 CD2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 307 CH2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 308 cd2cd2cd3 ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 309 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 310 CH2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 311 CD2CD2CD3 cd3 cd3 tCD2(CH2:h OH cd3 312 CD2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 tCD/CHA OH cd3 313 CH2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 ^ϋ2(ΟΗ2)3 OH CDs 314 CD2CD2CD3 ch3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 OH cd3 315 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 tcd2(ch2)3 OH cd3 316 CH2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 OH cd3 317 CD2CD2CD3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 318 CD2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 319 ch2ch2ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 320 cd2cd2cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 321 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 322 CH2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 28 201107326 化合物 R1 R2 R3 R4 Yl Y2 323 cd2cd2cd3 CDs ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 324 cd2ch2ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 325 ch2ch2ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 326 cd2cd2cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 327 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 328 ch2ch2ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 329 CD2CD2CD3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 330 CD2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 331 ch2ch2ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 332 CD2CD2CD3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 333 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 334 CH2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 以上表4展示R1為視情況經氘取代之-CH2CH2CH3之特 定式I化合物之實例。在此等實例中,Y1為OH或F且Y2 為CH3或CD3。此等化合物包括A-8027 1 5之氘化及氟化類 似物。已針對敗血性休克之治療及對同種異體移植物反應 作用之抑制對A-802715進行研究。 表5 : R1為視情況經氘取代之-CH2CH2CH3且Y1及Y2 —起 形成為=0之式I之特定實例 化合物 R1 R2 R3 R4 Y' Y2 350 cd2cd2cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 一起形成為=0 351 CD2CH2CH3 CD3 ch3 (CH2)4 一起形成為=0 352 ch2ch2ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 一起形成為=0 353 cd2cd2cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 一起形成為=0 354 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 一起形成為=0 355 cd2cd2cd3 cd3 cd3 (CH2)4 一起形成為=〇 356 CD2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CH2)4 一起形成為=0 357 ch2ch2ch3 cd3 cd3 (CH2)4 一起形成為=0 29 201107326 化合物 R1 R2 R3 R4 Y1 Y2 358 CD2CD2CD3 ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 一起形成為=0 359 cd2ch2ch3 ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 一起形成為=0 360 CH2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 一起形成為=0 361 CD2CD2CD3 cd3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 一起形成為=0 362 CD2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 tCDWCHA 一起形成為=0 363 CH2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 卞cd2(ch2)3 一起形成為〇 364 CD2CD2CD3 ch3 cd3 tCD/CHA 一起形成為=0 365 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 tCD/CHA 一起形成為=0 366 CH2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 也2(012)3 一起形成為=0 367 CD2CD2CD3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 一起形成為=0 368 cd2ch2ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 一起形成為=0 369 CH2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 一起形成為=0 370 CD2CD2CD3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 一起形成為=0 371 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 一起形成為=〇 372 ch2ch2ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 一起形成為=0 以上表5展示R1為視情況經氘取代之-CH2CH2CH3之特 定式I化合物之實例。在此等實例中,Y1及Y2與其間的碳 一起形成魏基。此等化合物包括丙戊茶驗之氛化類似物。 已針對阿茲海默氏症(Alzheimer’ s disease )、神經病變 性疼痛、創傷性腦損傷、排尿困難、視網膜或視神經頭部 損傷及消化性潰瘍之治療對丙戊茶鹼進行研究。亦針對控 制眼内壓、穩定大腦血流量自動調節及對同種異體移植物 反應作用之抑制對其進行研究。 30 201107326 表6 :特定式A化合物之實例。R5為D之配妥西菲林及其 代謝物之氘化及/或氟化類似物Compound R1 R2 R3 R4 Y1 Y2 142 cd3 cd3 cd3 t(CD2)3CH2 OH D 143 cd3 ch3 cd3 Hco2)2Cu2 OH D 144 ch3 cd3 cd3 kCDACHz OH D 145 ch3 ch3 cd3 elevation 2) 3 (: than OH D 146 CD3 Cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 FH 147 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 FH 148 ch3 cd3 ch3 (ch2)4 FH 149 ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 FH 150 CD3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 FF 151 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2) 4 FF 152 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 FF 153 ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 FF Table 1 above shows examples of compounds of the specific formula i. These examples are deuterated and/or metabolites of sirphilin and/or metabolites thereof. Fluorinated analogs. Table 2: Examples of specific compounds of formula I wherein R1 is deuterium and Y2 is CH3 or CD3. Compound R1 R2 R3 R4 Y1 Y2 200 H cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 201 H cd3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 202 H ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 203 H cd3 cd3 ^ϋ2(ΟΗ2)3 OH cd3 204 H ch3 cd3 ^Ο2(0Η2)3 OH cd3 205 H cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 206 H ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 207 H cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 208 H ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 209 H cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 210 H ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 Table 2 above A compound of the formula I wherein R1 is deuterium and Y2 is CH3 or CD3 Examples of such compounds include the deuterated and fluorinated analogs of abibutylate (HWA-1 38). The study of A 26 201107326 compared to theophylline has been studied for the use associated with the formulation of cefolin. Table 3: R1 is A specific example of the formula I of -CH2-0-CH2CH3, which is optionally substituted by hydrazine. Compound R1 R2 R3 R4 Y' Y2 250 CD2OCD2CD3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 251 cd2och2ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 252 CH2OCH2CH3 cd3 Ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 253 CD20CD2CD3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 254 CD2OCH2CH3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 255 cd2ocd2cd3 cd3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 256 CD20CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 257 CH20CH2CH3 cd3 Cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 258 CD2OCD2CD3 ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 259 CD20CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 260 CH2OCH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 261 CD20CD2CD3 cd3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 OH cd3 262 CD20CH2CH3 Cd3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 OH cd3 263 CH2OCH2CH3 cd3 CDs ^ϋ2(ΟΗ2)3 OH cd3 264 cd2ocd2cd3 ch3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 OH cd3 265 CD20CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 cd2(ch2)3 OH cd3 266 CH20CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 tCD/ CHA OH cd3 267 CD20CD2CD3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 268 CD20CH2CH 3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 269 CH20CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 270 CD2OCD2CD3 ch3 CD3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 271 cd2och2ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 272 CH20CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 273 CD20CD2CD3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 274 CD20CH2CH3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 275 CH2OCH2CH3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 276 CD20CD2CD3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 277 CD20CH2CH3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 278 CH20CH2CH3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 279 CD2OCD2CD3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 280 CD20CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 281 CH20CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 282 CD20CD2CD3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 283 CD2OCH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 284 CH20CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 27 201107326 Table 3 above shows an example of a specific compound of formula I wherein R1 is optionally substituted with -CH2-0-CH2CH3. In these examples, Y1 is OH or F and Y2 is CH3 or CD3. These compounds include deuterated and fluorinated analogs of toba theophylline (HWA-448). Tobagoline has been studied for the treatment of depression, urinary incontinence, colonic irritability and multiple sclerosis. Table 4: R1 is a specific example of Formula I in which -CH2CH2CH3 is optionally substituted by hydrazine and Y1 is OH or F. Compound R1 R2 R3 R4 Y1 Y2 300 cd2cd2cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 301 CD2CH2CH3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 302 CH2CH2CH3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 303 CD2CD2CD3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 304 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 Ch3 (CH2)4 OH ch3 305 CD2CD2CD3 cd3 CDs (CH2)4 OH cd3 306 CD2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 307 CH2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 308 cd2cd2cd3 ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 309 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 Cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 310 CH2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 OH cd3 311 CD2CD2CD3 cd3 cd3 tCD2(CH2:h OH cd3 312 CD2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 tCD/CHA OH cd3 313 CH2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 ^ϋ2(ΟΗ2)3 OH CDs 314 CD2CD2CD3 ch3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 OH cd3 315 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 tcd2(ch2)3 OH cd3 316 CH2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 OH cd3 317 CD2CD2CD3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 318 CD2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 319 ch2ch2ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 320 cd2cd2cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 321 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 322 CH2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH cd3 28 201107326 Compound R1 R2 R3 R4 Yl Y2 323 cd2cd2cd3 CDs ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 324 cd2ch2ch3 cd3 Ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 325 ch2ch2ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 326 cd2cd2cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 327 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 328 ch2ch2ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 F ch3 329 CD2CD2CD3 cd3 Cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 330 CD2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 331 ch2ch2ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 332 CD2CD2CD3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 333 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 334 CH2CH2CH3 ch3 Cd3 (CD2)4 F cd3 Table 4 above shows an example of a specific compound of formula I wherein R1 is optionally substituted with -CH2CH2CH3. In these examples, Y1 is OH or F and Y2 is CH3 or CD3. These compounds include the deuterated and fluorinated analogs of A-8027 15 . A-802715 has been studied for the treatment of septic shock and inhibition of allograft response. Table 5: R1 is a specific example of the formula I which is substituted with -CH2CH2CH3 and Y1 and Y2 are formed as =0. R1 R2 R3 R4 Y' Y2 350 cd2cd2cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 are formed together as 0 351 CD2CH2CH3 CD3 ch3 (CH2)4 together formed as = 0 352 ch2ch2ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 together formed as = 0 353 cd2cd2cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 together formed as = 0 354 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 together formed =0 355 cd2cd2cd3 cd3 cd3 (CH2)4 together formed as =〇356 CD2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CH2)4 together formed as =0 357 ch2ch2ch3 cd3 cd3 (CH2)4 together formed as =0 29 201107326 Compound R1 R2 R3 R4 Y1 Y2 358 CD2CD2CD3 ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 together form = 359 cd2ch2ch3 ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 together form =0 360 CH2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CH2)4 together form = 361 CD2CD2CD3 cd3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 together =0 362 CD2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 tCDWCHA together formed as =0 363 CH2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 卞 cd2(ch2)3 together formed as 〇364 CD2CD2CD3 ch3 cd3 tCD/CHA together formed as =0 365 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 tCD/CHA together form = 0 366 CH2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 also 2(012)3 together formed as =0 367 CD2CD2CD3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 together form = 368 cd2ch2ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 together form = 369 CH2CH2CH3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 together form = 370 370 CD2CD2CD3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 together Formed as = 0 371 CD2CH2CH3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 together formed as = 〇 372 ch2ch2ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2) 4 together formed as =0. Table 5 shows that R1 is a specific compound of formula I which is optionally substituted with hydrazine -CH2CH2CH3 Example. In these examples, Y1 and Y2 together with the carbon between them form a Wei group. These compounds include the analogs of the acetophenone tea assay. Valprophylline has been studied for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease, neuropathic pain, traumatic brain injury, dysuria, retinal or optic nerve head injury, and peptic ulcer. It is also studied to control intraocular pressure, stabilize cerebral blood flow, and inhibit the response of allografts. 30 201107326 Table 6: Examples of specific compounds of formula A. R5 is a deuterated and/or fluorinated analog of D.

化合物 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 Y1 Y2 400 cd3 ch3 ch3 (ch2)4 D 一起形成為=0 401 cd3 CDs ch3 (CH2)4 D 一起形成為=0 402 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D 一起形成為=0 403 cd3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D 一起形成為=0 404 ch3 ch3 CDs (CD2)4 D 一起形成為=0 405 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D 一起形成為=0 406 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D 一起形成為=0 407 ch3 ch3 cd3 ^CO2(CU2)3 D 一起形成為=0 408 ch3 ch3 cd3 %ϋ2)3(:Η2 D * —起形成為=0 409 cd3 ch3 cd3 tCDKCHA D 一起形成為=0 410 cd3 ch3 cd3 咖2)3〇12 D 一起形成為=0 411 ch3 cd3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 D 一起形成為=0 412 ch3 CDs cd3 恤2)3〇12 D 一起形成為=0 413 cd3 cd3 CDs tCD2(CH2)3 D 一起形成為=0 414 cd3 cd3 cd3 YCDACHz D 一起形成為=0 415 CDs cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH H 416 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH H 417 ch3 CDs ch3 (CH2)4 D OH H 418 cd3 cd3 cd3 ^Ο2(0Η2)3 D OH H 419 cd3 ch3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 D OH H 419(/?) cd3 ch3 cd3 tCD/CHA D ⑻OH H 419(5) cd3 ch3 cd3 +cd2(ch2)3 D (5)OH H 420 ch3 cd3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 D OH H 421 ch3 ch3 cd3 tD2(CH2)3 D OH H 422 cd3 CDs cd3 (CD2)4 D OH H 423 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH H 424 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH H 425 ch3 ch3 CDj (CD2)4 D OH H 426 cd3 cd3 CDs t(CD2)3CH2 D OH H 427 cd3 ch3 cd3 如02)3012 D OH H 428 ch3 cd3 cd3 々CDACHz D OH H 429 ch3 ch3 cd3 \CO2hCH2 D OH H 31 201107326Compound R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 Y1 Y2 400 cd3 ch3 ch3 (ch2)4 D is formed together as =0 401 cd3 CDs ch3 (CH2)4 D is formed together as =0 402 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D is formed together as =0 403 cd3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D is formed together as =0 404 ch3 ch3 CDs (CD2)4 D is formed together as =0 405 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D is formed together as =0 406 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D is formed together as = 0 407 ch3 ch3 cd3 ^CO2(CU2)3 D is formed together as = 0 408 ch3 ch3 cd3 % ϋ 2) 3 (: Η 2 D * - is formed as = 0 409 cd3 ch3 cd3 tCDKCHA D is formed together =0 410 cd3 ch3 cd3 coffee 2) 3〇12 D together form = 411 411 ch3 cd3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 D together form = 0 412 ch3 CDs cd3 shirt 2) 3〇12 D together form = 413 Cd3 cd3 CDs tCD2(CH2)3 D together form = 414 cd3 cd3 cd3 YCDACHz D together form = 415 CDs cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH H 416 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH H 417 ch3 CDs Ch3 (CH2)4 D OH H 418 cd3 cd3 cd3 ^Ο2(0Η2)3 D OH H 419 cd3 ch3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 D OH H 419(/?) cd3 ch3 cd3 tCD/CHA D (8)OH H 419(5 Cd3 ch3 cd3 +cd2(ch2)3 D (5)OH H 420 ch3 cd3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 D OH H 421 ch3 ch3 cd3 tD2(CH2)3 D OH H 422 cd3 CDs cd3 (CD2)4 D OH H 423 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH H 424 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH H 425 ch3 ch3 CDj (CD2)4 D OH H 426 cd3 cd3 CDs t(CD2)3CH2 D OH H 427 cd3 ch3 cd3 as 02) 3012 D OH H 428 ch3 cd3 cd3 々CDACHz D OH H 429 ch3 ch3 cd3 \CO2hCH2 D OH H 31 201107326

化合物 r| R2 R3 R4 R5 Y1 Y2 430 cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH D 431 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH D 432 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH D 433 ch3 ch3 ch3 (ch2)4 D OH D 434 cd3 cd3 cd3 ^β2(〇η2)3 D OH D 435 cd3 ch3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 D OH D 435(i?) cd3 ch3 cd3 tCD/CHA D ⑻OH D 435(5) cd3 ch3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 D (5)OH D 436 ch3 cd3 cd3 ^ϋ2(εΗ2)3 D OH D 437(7?) ch3 ch3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 D ⑻OH D 437(5) ch3 ch3 cd3 tC:D2(CH2)3 D (S)OH D 437 ch3 ch3 cd3 +CD2(CH2)3 D OH D 438 cd3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH D 439 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH D 440 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH D 441 ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH D 442 cd3 cd3 cd3 'CDACHz D OH D 443 cd3 ch3 cd3 HCO2hCK2 D OH D 444 ch3 cd3 cd3 VCDACHz D OH D 445 ch3 ch3 cd3 卞(〇)2)3〇12 D OH D 446 cd3 cd3 ch3 (ch2)4 D F H 447 ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 D F H 448 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 D F H 449 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D F H 450 cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D F F 451 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 D F F 452 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D F F 453 ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 D F F 以上表6展示特定式A化合物之實例。此等實例為R5 為氘之配妥西菲林及其代謝物之氘化及/或氟化類似物。 在以上具體實例之一態樣中,化合物不為化合物1 00、 116或149中之任一者。 32 201107326 本發明之特定化合物之實例包括以下:Compound r| R2 R3 R4 R5 Y1 Y2 430 cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH D 431 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH D 432 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH D 433 ch3 ch3 ch3 (ch2)4 D OH D 434 cd3 cd3 cd3 ^β2(〇η2)3 D OH D 435 cd3 ch3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 D OH D 435(i?) cd3 ch3 cd3 tCD/CHA D (8)OH D 435(5) cd3 ch3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 D (5)OH D 436 ch3 cd3 cd3 ^ϋ2(εΗ2)3 D OH D 437(7?) ch3 ch3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 D (8)OH D 437(5) ch3 ch3 cd3 tC:D2 (CH2)3 D (S)OH D 437 ch3 ch3 cd3 +CD2(CH2)3 D OH D 438 cd3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH D 439 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH D 440 ch3 cd3 cd3 ( CD2)4 D OH D 441 ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH D 442 cd3 cd3 cd3 'CDACHz D OH D 443 cd3 ch3 cd3 HCO2hCK2 D OH D 444 ch3 cd3 cd3 VCDACHz D OH D 445 ch3 ch3 cd3 卞(〇) 2)3〇12 D OH D 446 cd3 cd3 ch3 (ch2)4 DFH 447 ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 DFH 448 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 DFH 449 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 DFH 450 cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2 ) 4 DFF 451 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 DFF 452 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 DFF 453 ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 DFF Table 6 above shows the specific formula A compound An example of something. These examples are the deuterated and/or fluorinated analogs of Rifampin with its metabolites. In one aspect of the above specific examples, the compound is not any of Compounds 1, 00, 116 or 149. 32 201107326 Examples of specific compounds of the invention include the following:

在另一組具體實例中,在以上闡明之任何具體實例中 未指定為氘之任何原子係以其天然同位素豐度存在。 本發明化合物之合成可由一般熟習合成化學技術者達 33 201107326 成。相關程序及中間物例如揭示於Sidzhakova,D等人’ Farmatsiya,(Sofia, Bulgaria) 1988,38(4): 1-5 ; Davis, PJ 等 人,Xenobiotica,1985,15(12): 1001-10 ; Akgun,H 等人,J Pharm Sci,2001,26(2): 67-71 ;德國專利申請案 DD 274334 ;捷克專利第 CS 237719 號 '第 CS201558 號;PCT 專利公開案W0953 1450 ;及日本專利公開案第JP58150594 號 '第 JP58134092 號、第 JP58038284 號、第 JP57200391 號、第 JP57098284 號、第 JP57085387 號、第 JP57062278 號 '第 JP57080385 號、第 JP57056481 號、第 JP57024385 號、第 JP57011981 號、第 JP57024386 號、第 JP57024382 號、第 JP56077279 號、第 JP56032477 號、第 JP56007785 號、第 JP56010188 號、第 JP56010187 號、第 jp55122779 號及第JP55076876號中。 該等方法可利用相應氘化及視情況選用含有其他同位 素之試劑及/或中間物來執行以合成本文中描述之化合物, 或援用在此項技術中已知之標準合成方案以將同位素原子 引入化學結構中。 例示性合成 在以下流程中描述合成式I化合物之方法。 流程1A.合成式I化合物 34 201107326In another set of specific examples, any atomic system not designated as ruthenium in any of the specific examples set forth above is present in its natural isotopic abundance. The synthesis of the compounds of the present invention can be carried out by those skilled in the art of synthetic chemistry up to 33 201107326. Related procedures and intermediates are disclosed, for example, in Sidzhakova, D et al.' Farmatsiya, (Sofia, Bulgaria) 1988, 38(4): 1-5; Davis, PJ et al, Xenobiotica, 1985, 15(12): 1001-10 Akgun, H et al., J Pharm Sci, 2001, 26(2): 67-71; German Patent Application DD 274334; Czech Patent No. CS 237719 'No. CS201558; PCT Patent Publication W0953 1450; and Japanese Patent Publication No. JP58150594, No. JP58134092, JP58038284, JP57200391, JP57098284, JP57085387, JP57062278, No. JP57080385, JP57056481, JP57024385, JP57011981, JP57024386, No. JP57024382, JP56077279, JP56032477, JP56007785, JP56010188, JP56010187, Jp55122779, and JP55076876. Such methods can be carried out using the corresponding deuteration and, optionally, reagents and/or intermediates containing other isotopes to synthesize the compounds described herein, or by employing standard synthetic schemes known in the art to introduce isotope atoms into the chemistry. In the structure. Exemplary Synthesis The method of synthesizing a compound of formula I is described in the following scheme. Scheme 1A. Synthesis of a compound of formula I 34 201107326

如流程1 A中所述’在碳酸鉀存在下,用氘化中間物i工 (其中X為氣基、溴基或峨基)使氘化化合物1〇、坑基化以 提供式I化合物。或者’可根據美國專利4289776夕士、士 、万法使 用於曱醇水溶液中之氫氧化鈉來提供式I化合物。 流程1B.自式II化合物製備Y1 = 〇H之化合物 R3 文 R4The deuterated compound is deuterated and pitted to provide a compound of formula I as described in Scheme 1 A in the presence of potassium carbonate using a deuterated intermediate (where X is a gas group, a bromo group or a mercapto group). Alternatively, the compound of formula I can be provided in accordance with U.S. Patent No. 4,289, 776, the use of sodium hydroxide in aqueous decyl alcohol. Scheme 1B. Preparation of a compound of formula Y1 = 〇H from a compound of formula II R3 text R4

NaB(Y2)4NaB(Y2)4

R2 式II 或 酶還原 HV2 1 R3 人 R4—N 人j 0又N〆 R2R2 Formula II or Enzyme Reduction HV2 1 R3 Person R4—N Person j 0 and N〆 R2

R1 N 如流程1B中所述,可使用式Π化合物來製備γ|為〇H 之化合物。因此’根據歐洲專利公開案〇33〇〇3丨之通用方 法,用硼氫化鈉或硼氘化鈉(可以99原子%D購得)還原 式II化合物以形成Y1為0H且γ2為氫或氘之化合物。可 例如經由 Nicklasson,Μ 等人,Chiraiity,2002,14(8): 643-652之方法分離對映異構性醇產物。在一替代方法中, 使用 Pekala, E 等人 ’ Acta P〇l〇niae Pharmaceutica,2007: 64(2). 109-1 13 或 Pekala,E 等人 ’ Biotech J, 2007, 2(4): 492-496中所揭示之方法進行酶促還原來提供對映異構性 35 201107326 虽集醇產物。 合成化合物1 〇 可用作化合物10以製備式I化合物之化 括(但不限於)以下:可購得之可可豆 參考流程1 A ’可用作化合物10以$ 合物為已知的且包括(但不限於)以下 &C (其中 R 及 R2 為 CH3)。(a)R1 為- CD3 且 R2 為-CH3; (b) R1 為-CH3 且 R2 為 ;及(c) ri 及 r2 為-Cd3 之 1〇R1 N As described in Scheme 1B, a compound of the formula γH can be prepared using a hydrazine compound. Therefore, according to the general method of European Patent Publication No. 33〇〇3, sodium borohydride or sodium borohydride (available at 99 atom% D) can be used to reduce the compound of formula II to form Y1 as 0H and γ2 as hydrogen or hydrazine. Compound. The enantiomeric alcohol product can be isolated, for example, by the method of Nicklasson, Μ, et al., Chiraiity, 2002, 14(8): 643-652. In an alternative method, use Pekala, E et al. 'Acta P〇l〇niae Pharmaceutica, 2007: 64(2). 109-1 13 or Pekala, E et al.' Biotech J, 2007, 2(4): 492 The method disclosed in -496 is subjected to enzymatic reduction to provide enantiomeric 35 201107326 although the alcohol product is concentrated. Synthesis of Compound 1 〇 can be used as Compound 10 to prepare a compound of Formula I, but is not limited to the following: Commercially available cocoa beans Reference Scheme 1 A ' can be used as Compound 10 is known and includes (but not limited to) the following & C (where R and R2 are CH3). (a) R1 is -CD3 and R2 is -CH3; (b) R1 is -CH3 and R2 is ; and (c) ri and r2 are -Cd3

之同位素類似物皆為已知的。參克Benchekroun,Y等人,JThe isotopic analogs are all known. Shenke Benchekroun, Y et al., J

Chromatogr B,1 977,688: 245 ; Ribon,B 等人,Coll INSERM, 1988,1 64: 268 ;及 Horning,MG 等人,Proc Int Conf Stable Isot第2版,1976,41-54。R1為正丙基且R2為_CH3之3-曱基-7-丙基黃嘌呤可購得。R1為CH2OCH3且R2為Ch3之 化合物 10 亦為已知的。#名德國專利申請案 DE 3942872A1 。 流程2.合成化合物10Chromatogr B, 1 977, 688: 245; Ribon, B et al, Coll INSERM, 1988, 1 64: 268; and Horning, MG et al., Proc Int Conf Stable Isot 2nd edition, 1976, 41-54. 3-mercapto-7-propylxanthine wherein R1 is n-propyl and R2 is _CH3 is commercially available. Compound 10 wherein R1 is CH2OCH3 and R2 is Ch3 is also known. #名德国专利申请 DE 3942872A1. Scheme 2. Synthesis of Compound 10

-^ 、N Ac2〇 Η-^ , N Ac2〇 Η

1. NaOH, H20 HN 2. HCI, H201. NaOH, H20 HN 2. HCI, H20

36 16 20110732636 16 201107326

HCOOHHCOOH

R1X (18)R1X (18)

K2CO〇 DMFK2CO〇 DMF

流程2中描述以市售N-亞硝基-N-曱脲為起始物質來合 成化合物 10。遵循 Boivin,JL 等人 ’ Canadian J〇urnai 0f Chemistry,195 1,29: 478-81之方法,用於水中之適當沉化 之月女1 2處理提供N-烧基腺13。根據Dubey,PK等人,in(jianCompound 10 is synthesized in Scheme 2 starting from the commercially available N-nitroso-N-carbazine. Following the method of Boivin, JL et al., Canadian J〇urnai 0f Chemistry, 195 1, 29: 478-81, for the appropriate sinking of water in the month of the female 1 2 treatment provides N-calcining gland 13. According to Dubey, PK, etc., in(jian

Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry,2005,14(4): 301 -306 之 方法’可以2 -氰基乙酸及乙酸酐處理腺13以提供氰基乙醯 胺衍生物14 ’其首先以Na0H水溶液且隨後以HC1水溶液 處理以提供環化嘧啶二酮15。或者,可經由Ful丨e,F等人,Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry, 2005, 14(4): 301-306 Method 'Can treat gland 13 with 2-cyanoacetic acid and acetic anhydride to provide cyanoacetamide derivative 14' which is first treated with aqueous NaOH and then with HCl The aqueous solution is treated to provide a cyclized pyrimidinedione 15. Or, via Ful丨e, F et al,

Heterocycles,2000, 53(2): 347_352 之方法以三甲基矽烷基 氣及六甲基二矽氮烷處理氰基乙醯胺14以提供環化產物 15 ° 遵循 Merlos,Μ 等人,European Journal of Medicinal emistry,1990’ 25(8): 653-8之方法,以於乙酸中之亞硝酸 鈉,且隨後以氫氧化銨及連二亞硫酸鈉處理嘧啶二酮15獲 付化合物16,其以曱酸處理以提供嘌呤衍生物17。遵循 尺外訂,A等人在捷克專利申請案CS 263595B1中揭示之方 在反知鉀存在下且視情況在諸如NaBr、KBr、Nal、KI 或碘之添加劑存在下,以適當氘化之親電子劑丨8 ( X為氣 基、溴基或碘基)们7烷基化來提供化合物10。 參考流程2 ’適用氛化胺試劑12包括(但不限於)諸 37 201107326 如正丙基-dr胺之市售化合物或諸如丨_丙“,υ〗-胺之已知 化合物(Moritz, F 等人,〇rganic Mass Spectrometry, 1993. 2 8(3): 207-1 5 )。適用氘化脲試劑13可包括(但不限於) 諸如N-曱基-d3-脲Heterocycles, 2000, 53(2): 347_352 The process of treating cyanoacetamide 14 with trimethylsulfanyl and hexamethyldioxane to provide a cyclized product of 15 °. Follow Merlos, Μ et al., European Journal Of Medicinal emistry, 1990' 25(8): 653-8, in which sodium nitrite in acetic acid is used, and then pyrimidinedione 15 is treated with ammonium hydroxide and sodium dithionite to obtain compound 16, which is a citric acid Treatment to provide an anthracene derivative 17. According to the rule disclosed in the Czech patent application CS 263595B1, in the presence of anti-know potassium and optionally in the presence of additives such as NaBr, KBr, Nal, KI or iodine, The electronic agent 丨8 (X is a gas group, a bromo group or an iodine group) is alkylated to provide a compound 10. Reference Scheme 2 'Applicable Amine Chemical Reagent 12 includes, but is not limited to, 37 201107326 commercially available compounds such as n-propyl-dr amine or known compounds such as 丨-propyl, υ-amine (Moritz, F, etc.) Human, 〇rganic Mass Spectrometry, 1993. 2 8(3): 207-1 5 ). Suitable for urea chemical reagent 13 may include, but is not limited to, such as N-mercapto-d3-urea

,或曱基脲-d6Or thiourea-d6

之市售 化合物。Commercially available compounds.

適用氘化親電子劑18可包括(但不限於)諸如埃曱烷 -ch或溴甲烷-d3或1-溴丙烷_d7或丨_溴丙烷-丨,^〗之市售化 合物’或諸如(氣曱氧基_d2)_乙烷(Williams,AG, WO 2002059070A1) ’ 或溴甲氧基曱烧 ‘(Van der Veken,BJ 等人,Journal of Raman spectroscopy,1992,23(4): 205-23) ’ 或(>臭曱氧基 _d2)_ 甲烧 _d3 ( Van der Veken,BJ 等 人,Journal of Raman Spectroscopy, 1992,23(4): 205-23 ) 之已知化合物。可獲得具有至少98原子%D之同位素純度 之上述市售氘化中間物12、13及18。 合成中間物lla-rfs (參看流程ία) 流程3.合成中間物iia-^/sSuitable deuterated electrophiles 18 may include, but are not limited to, commercially available compounds such as hexane-ch or methyl bromide-d3 or 1-bromopropane-d7 or hydrazine-bromopropane- hydrazine, or such as (gas)曱oxy_d2)_ethane (Williams, AG, WO 2002059070A1) ' or bromomethoxy 曱' (Van der Veken, BJ et al, Journal of Raman spectroscopy, 1992, 23(4): 205-23 A known compound of ' or (> skoxoxy_d2)_metholone_d3 (Van der Veken, BJ et al., Journal of Raman Spectroscopy, 1992, 23(4): 205-23). The above commercially available deuterated intermediates 12, 13 and 18 having an isotope purity of at least 98 atom% D can be obtained. Synthetic intermediate lla-rfs (see Scheme ία) Scheme 3. Synthesis intermediate iia-^/s

38 20110732638 201107326

11a-c/5 PPh3, CCI411a-c/5 PPh3, CCI4

~~ 〇3C D D 在流程3中描述製備化合物j j a_^5之方法(參看流程 1A)(其中 R3 為 CD3 ; R4 為 f -CD2(CH2)3-,且 γ1 及 γ2 — 起形成=〇)。因此,根據 Zhang,Q 等人,Tetrahedron,2006, 62(50): 1 1627-1 1634之程序將甲基鋰添加至市售戍内酯 19 中以 k 供嗣 20。根據 Fodor-Csorba K, Tet Lett,2002,43: 3789-3792之通用方法,在微波條件下,用於〇2〇(99原子 %D)中之TFA-A ( 99原子。/〇D)處理20提供氘化酮21。 遵循 Cldment,J-L,Org Biomol Chem,2003, 1: 1591-1 597 之 通用程序,在以三苯膦及四氣化碳處理後,21中之醇部分 轉化為氣化物以獲得氯化物11 a-七。~~ 〇3C DD The method for preparing compound jj a_^5 is described in Scheme 3 (see Scheme 1A) (wherein R3 is CD3; R4 is f-CD2(CH2)3-, and γ1 and γ2 are formed = 〇) . Therefore, according to the procedure of Zhang, Q et al., Tetrahedron, 2006, 62(50): 1 1627-1 1634, methyllithium was added to commercially available azlactone 19 to provide 嗣20. Treatment of TFA-A (99 atomic % / 〇 D) in 〇 2 〇 (99 atom % D) under microwave conditions according to the general method of Fodor-Csorba K, Tet Lett, 2002, 43: 3789-3792 20 provides decyl ketone 21 . Following the general procedure of Cldment, JL, Org Biomol Chem, 2003, 1: 1591-1 597, after treatment with triphenylphosphine and tetra-carbonated carbon, the alcohol portion of 21 is converted to a vapor to obtain chloride 11 a- Seven.

HOHO

H2, Pd/C D20,加熱H2, Pd/C D20, heating

TMSCI CD3Li D DD D 23 THF, Et20 22 d3cTMSCI CD3Li D DD D 23 THF, Et20 22 d3c

do^od D〗S〇4Do^od D〗S〇4

Nal04, RuCI3 Ca4,CH3CN,D20 39 25 24 201107326 1. LiA旧 4 2. POCI3, pyr 嫩 PPh3, NCS, CH2CI2 3. D2SO4, D20, THF D3C"W^( 0 oPd / — D DD D 11a-d9 a pX^C/COOH °3C ΑΧ D DD D 1. L1AID4 lyy 26 2. POCI3, pyr (或) d3c^vvs PPh3, NCS, CH2CI2 3. D2S04i D20, THF D DD D 11 a-c/i 1 流程4描述化合物lla-心及化合物之合成。因 此,可根據 Esaki 等人,Chem Eur J,2007,13: 4052-4063 之通用方法,在Pd/C及氫氣存在下於DzO ( 99原子%D ) 中加熱市售4-苯基丁酸22以提供氘化酸23。根據P〇rta, A 等人 ’ J Org Chem, 2005,70(12): 4876-4878 之通用方法, 在二甲基發院基氣存在下添加亂化甲基經提供酮24。藉由 以D2S〇4 ( 99原子%D )及市售乙二醇-心(99原子%d )處 理將酮24轉化為縮酿25。根據Garnier,J-M等人,Nal04, RuCI3 Ca4, CH3CN, D20 39 25 24 201107326 1. LiA old 4 2. POCI3, pyr tender PPh3, NCS, CH2CI2 3. D2SO4, D20, THF D3C"W^( 0 oPd / — D DD D 11a-d9 a pX^C/COOH °3C ΑΧ D DD D 1. L1AID4 lyy 26 2. POCI3, pyr (or) d3c^vvs PPh3, NCS, CH2CI2 3. D2S04i D20, THF D DD D 11 ac/i 1 Description of Process 4 Synthesis of compound 11a-heart and compound. Therefore, it can be heated in DzO (99 atom% D) in the presence of Pd/C and hydrogen according to the general method of Esaki et al., Chem Eur J, 2007, 13: 4052-4063. 4-phenylbutyric acid 22 is commercially available to provide deuterated acid 23. According to the general method of P〇rta, A et al. 'J Org Chem, 2005, 70(12): 4876-4878, in dimethyl-based Adding a chaotic methyl group in the presence of gas provides a ketone 24. The ketone 24 is converted to a condensed sugar 25 by treatment with D2S〇4 (99 atom% D) and a commercially available ethylene glycol-heart (99 atom% d). Garnier, JM, etc.,

Tetrahedron: Asymmetry,2007, 18(12): 1434-1442 之通用方 法’以NaI〇4及R11CI3處理25提供敌酸26。以LiAlH4或 UAID4 ( 98原子%D )還原提供醇(未圖示),隨後使用氧 氣化磷或三苯膦及N-氯丁二醯亞胺將其氣化(Naidu,SV等 人,Tet Lett,2007, 48(13): 2279-2282 ),接著以 D2S04 進 行縮醛裂解(Heathcock,CH 等人,J 〇rg Chem,丨995, 60(5): 1 120-30 )來分別提供氣化物lla_rf9及。 流程4a.合成中間物llb_(^) 40 201107326 rAr4—OBnTetrahedron: Asymmetry, 2007, 18(12): General Method for 1434-1442 'Protein 26 is provided by treatment with NaI〇4 and R11CI3. Reduction with LiAlH4 or UAID4 (98 at% D) provides alcohol (not shown), which is then gasified using oxygenated phosphorus or triphenylphosphine and N-chlorobutaneimine (Naidu, SV et al., Tet Lett , 2007, 48(13): 2279-2282), followed by acetal cleavage with D2S04 (Heathcock, CH et al, J 〇rg Chem, 丨995, 60(5): 1 120-30) to provide vaporization, respectively Lla_rf9 and. Scheme 4a. Synthesis intermediate llb_(^) 40 201107326 rAr4—OBn

H2l Pd/CH2l Pd/C

R3 人 R4—OH S〇CI〇 27 28 R3^Lc, 11b-(R) 流程4 b.合成氯化物11 b -(幻 >γ2 soci2 r3 r4-oh - R3^R4_c 29 u 11b·⑸ 流程4a及4b描述氣化物之特定對映異構體i〗b_(/?乂其 中Y1為氟;Y2係選自氫及氘;且該化合物呈(穴)構型) 及llb-(S)(其中γ1為氟;γ2係選自氫及氘;且該化合物 呈(S)構型)之合成。在流程4a中,諸如已知[[[(5R)_5_ 氟己基]氧基]甲基]-苯(PCT公開案W02000031003 )之氘 化(或非氘化)苄基保護之醇27係藉由在Pd/C存在下氫 化來去保護以提供醇28。根據Lacan,G等人,j Label c〇mpd Radiophann,2005, 48(9): 635-643之通用程序,以亞硫醯氣 使醇氣化以提供氣化物1丨b_(/j)。 在流程4b中,使諸如已知(S)-( + )_5_氟己醇(Risw〇k〇, A等人,Enantiomer,2〇〇2, 7⑴:33_39)之氘化(或非氘化) 醇29氣化以提供氣化物nb_(幻。 流程5.合成中間物11 c及11 e 41 201107326R3 human R4—OH S〇CI〇27 28 R3^Lc, 11b-(R) Scheme 4 b. Synthesis of chloride 11 b - (Fantasy > γ2 soci2 r3 r4-oh - R3^R4_c 29 u 11b·(5) 4a and 4b describe the specific enantiomer of the vaporization i b_ (/? 乂 where Y1 is fluorine; Y2 is selected from hydrogen and hydrazine; and the compound is in a (hole) configuration) and llb-(S) ( Wherein γ1 is fluorine; γ2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and hydrazine; and the compound is synthesized in the (S) configuration. In Scheme 4a, such as known [[[(5R)_5_fluorohexyl]oxy]methyl] The deuterated (or non-deuterated) benzyl protected alcohol 27 of benzene (PCT Publication W02000031003) is deprotected by hydrogenation in the presence of Pd/C to provide alcohol 28. According to Lacan, G et al, j Label c 〇mpd Radiophann, 2005, 48(9): General procedure of 635-643, gasification of alcohol with sulphur sulphur to provide vapor 1丨b_(/j). In Scheme 4b, such as known (S )-( + )_5_Fluorohexanol (Risw〇k〇, A et al, Enantiomer, 2〇〇2, 7(1): 33_39) deuteration (or non-deuterated) alcohol 29 gasification to provide vaporization nb_( Magic. Process 5. Synthesis of intermediates 11 c and 11 e 41 201107326

ClCl

EtOEtO

THF R3MgX (32) HO、/Y2 DAST Fwy2 R3X^-^x 11c 甲本 He R3=Y2 R3=y2 流程5描述其他中間物11 c及11 e之合成。因此,遵循 Kutner,Andrzej 等人,Journal of Organic Chemistry,1988, 53(1 5): 3450-7 或 Larsen,SD 等人,Journal of Medicinal Chemistry,1994, 3 7(15): 2343-5 1之方法,可以氘化格林納 (Grignard)試劑32處理化合物30或31 (其中X為鹵基) 以提供R3與Y2相同、Y1為OH,且X為鹵基之中間物llc。 根據 Karst, NA 等人,Organic Letters, 2003, 5(25): 4839-4842 或 Kiso,Μ 等人 ’ Carbohydrate Research,1988, 177: 51-67之通用程序,以於二氣曱烷或甲苯中之三氟化二 乙基胺基硫(DAST)處理提供R3與γ2相同、γι為F,且 X為鹵基之中間物lie。 可使用市售_化物來製備如流程5中所揭示之化合物 π。舉例而言,市售5_氣戊醯基氣,或市售5·溴戊醯基氯, 或市售5-溴戊酸乙醋可適用作試劑3〇或3ι。再次參考流程 5使用市售碘化甲基-心-鎂作為格林納試劑32提供R3與 Y2同時為CD;之親電子劑j i。 流程6.合成中間物lu ( χ=Β〇 42 201107326THF R3MgX (32) HO, /Y2 DAST Fwy2 R3X^-^x 11c Aben He R3=Y2 R3=y2 Scheme 5 describes the synthesis of other intermediates 11 c and 11 e. Therefore, follow Kutner, Andrzej et al, Journal of Organic Chemistry, 1988, 53(1 5): 3450-7 or Larsen, SD et al, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 1994, 3 7(15): 2343-5 1 Alternatively, compound 30 or 31 (wherein X is a halo group) can be treated with Grignard reagent 32 to provide an intermediate, LLC, wherein R3 is the same as Y2, Y1 is OH, and X is a halo group. According to Karst, NA et al, Organic Letters, 2003, 5(25): 4839-4842 or Kiso, Μ et al. 'Carbohydrate Research, 1988, 177: 51-67, in a general procedure for dioxane or toluene The triethylammonium disulfide (DAST) treatment provides the intermediate lie where R3 is the same as gamma 2, gamma is F, and X is a halo group. A commercially available compound can be used to prepare the compound π as disclosed in Scheme 5. For example, a commercially available 5-methoxypentanyl group gas, or commercially available 5·bromopentenyl chloride, or commercially available 5-bromopentanoic acid ethyl acetate may be used as the reagent 3〇 or 3ι. Referring again to Scheme 5, commercially available methyl iodide-magnesium is used as the Grignard reagent 32 to provide both R3 and Y2 as CD; the electrophile j i. Scheme 6. Synthesis of intermediates lu ( χ=Β〇 42 201107326

DHP CSADHP CSA

Et20 CI\^v^〇THp 33Et20 CI\^v^〇THp 33

3434

OTHP 35OTHP 35

1. Mg, THF 2.丙酮 或丙嗣~d6 CSA MeOH1. Mg, THF 2. Acetone or propionan ~ d6 CSA MeOH

DAST OTHP DCM Y2DAST OTHP DCM Y2

11e(X=Br) 流程6描述R3與Y2相同且X = Br之中間物11 e之一替 代性合成。因此,根據Hester, JB等人,Journal of Medicinal Chemistry,2001,44(7): 1099-1 1 15 之程序,經由以 3,4-二氫 -2H-哌喃(DHP)及樟腦磺酸(CSA)處理來保護市售4-氯-;1 - 丁醇以提供氣化物33。藉由以鎂來生成相應格林納試 劑,接著添加丙酮(R3 = Y2 = CH3)或丙酮-d6 ( Y2 = R3 = CD3 ),提供醇34。藉由以於DCM中之三氟化二乙基胺基 硫(DAST)進行氟化來提供氟化物35。以於MeOH中之 CSA去保護提供醇36,且以N-溴丁二醯亞胺及三苯膦處理 提供中間物11 e。 程7.替代性合成中間物lie ( X = Br)11e (X = Br) Scheme 6 describes an alternative synthesis of R3 and Y2 which is the same as X2 and an intermediate 11e of Br. Thus, according to the procedure of Hester, JB et al, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2001, 44(7): 1099-1 1 15 , via 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (DHP) and camphorsulfonic acid ( CSA) treatment to protect commercially available 4-chloro-; 1-butanol to provide vapor 33. Alcohol 34 is provided by the formation of the corresponding Grena reagent in magnesium followed by the addition of acetone (R3 = Y2 = CH3) or acetone-d6 (Y2 = R3 = CD3). Fluoride 35 is provided by fluorination with diethylaminosulfide trifluoride (DAST) in DCM. The alcohol 36 is deprotected with CSA in MeOH and treated with N-bromosuccinimide and triphenylphosphine to provide intermediate 11 e. Cheng 7. Alternative synthetic intermediate lie ( X = Br)

EtO'EtO'

、〇H DHP, CSA, Et2〇 Et〇',〇H DHP, CSA, Et2〇 Et〇'

LiAID4 HO. 〇 37 CCI4, pph3 或 DHP, TsOH, pyr, CH2CI2 〇 〇D>C^LiAID4 HO. 〇 37 CCI4, pph3 or DHP, TsOH, pyr, CH2CI2 〇 〇D>C^

OTHP 38 39OTHP 38 39

Cl> 或 MeS02CI, LiCI, 2,6·二曱基吡啶,dmfCl> or MeS02CI, LiCI, 2,6·dimercaptopyridine, dmf

、OTHPOTHP

D OTHP Et2〇D OTHP Et2〇

D D 11e(X=Br) 流程7描述R3與Y2相同且X = Br之中間物11 e之合成。 因此以DHP及CSA處理,或以DHP、TsOH及吡啶處理市 43 201107326D D 11e (X = Br) Scheme 7 describes the synthesis of the intermediate 11 e of R3 and Y2 and X = Br. Therefore treated with DHP and CSA, or treated with DHP, TsOH and pyridine 43 201107326

售4-羥基-丁酸乙酯37以提供酯38。以LiA1D4進行還原來 提供氘化醇39 ’其以於CCU中之三苯膦處理(sabitha,G 等人,Tetrahedron Letters,2006,(卷期 2007 年),48(2): 3 1 3-3 1 5 )或以於DMF中之曱磺醯氣、氣化鋰及2,6_二甲基 。比啶處理(Blaszykowski,C 等人,〇rganic Letters,2004, 6(2 1): 3 77 1 -3774 )以提供氣化物40。遵循與流程6中相同 之方法,可使氣化物40轉化為11 e。 流程8.合成中間物lle-rf8 ( X=Br) D,(T〇、nn„ DCI'ZnCI2 〇2〇—GD2 d2 d2 cl、crc、cx、〇H — D2 D2 p Y d2 d2 —r3乂 crc、c,c、 D2 D2 41 42 11e-d8Ethyl 4-hydroxy-butyrate 37 was sold to provide ester 38. Reduction with LiA1D4 to provide deuterated alcohol 39' for triphenylphosphine treatment in CCU (sabitha, G et al, Tetrahedron Letters, 2006, (volume 2007), 48(2): 3 1 3-3 1 5 ) or in the DMF, sulfonium, gas, lithium and 2,6-dimethyl. Bisidine treatment (Blaszykowski, C et al, 〇rganic Letters, 2004, 6(2 1): 3 77 1 -3774 ) to provide a vapor 40. Following the same method as in Process 6, the vapor 40 can be converted to 11 e. Scheme 8. Synthesis intermediate lle-rf8 ( X=Br) D, (T〇, nn„ DCI'ZnCI2 〇2〇—GD2 d2 d2 cl, crc, cx, 〇H — D2 D2 p Y d2 d2 —r3乂Crc, c, c, D2 D2 41 42 11e-d8

Br 流程8描述R3與Y2相同且X=Br之中間物lie·心之合 成。因此,可根據 Yang, A 等人,Huagong Shikan,2002,16(3): 37-39之通用方法’以DC1及ZnCl2處理市售THF-心41以 提供已知氣化物 42 ( Alken, Rudolf-Giesbert, WO 2003080598 A1 )。遵循與流程6中相同之方法,可使氣化 物42轉化為11 e-rf8。 流程9.合成中間物llc-rf8 ( X=Br) 43Br Flow 8 describes the synthesis of the same lie and heart of R3 and Y2 and X=Br. Thus, the commercially available THF-heart 41 can be treated with DC1 and ZnCl2 according to the general method of Yang, A et al., Huagong Shikan, 2002, 16(3): 37-39 to provide a known gasification 42 (Alken, Rudolf- Giesbert, WO 2003080598 A1). Gasification 42 can be converted to 11 e-rf8 following the same procedure as in Scheme 6. Scheme 9. Synthesis of intermediates llc-rf8 (X=Br) 43

^ 〇2 CH2N2, Et:0 HO人CTC、(TC'Br v, TMCri ..' D2 D2 或 TMSCI. MeOD^ 〇2 CH2N2, Et:0 HO human CTC, (TC'Br v, TMCri ..' D2 D2 or TMSCI. MeOD

R3 MgX (45) 44R3 MgX (45) 44

THF Y2 HOUR3人 S; D2 D2b2THF Y2 HOUR3 person S; D2 D2b2

Br 11c-ds 44 201107326 流程9描述R3與γ2相同且X=Br之中間物11 c_d8之合 成。因此,將已知羧酸43 ( Lompa-Krzymien,L等人,Proc. Int. Conf. Stable Isot.第 2 版,1976,會期 1 975 年,574-8 ) 以重氮甲烷處理(根據Garrido, ΝΜ等人,Molecules, 2006, 1 1(6): 435-443.之通用方法)或以三甲基矽烷基氣及甲醇 處理(根據 Doussineau,Τ 等人 ’ Synlett,2004, (10): 1 7 3 5 -17 3 8之通用方法)以提供甲醋4 4。如在流程5中,以 氘化格林納試劑45處理該酯來提供中間物11 c_^8。舉例而 言,使用市售峨化曱基-d3-鎂作為格林納試劑45提供R3與 Y2同時為CD3之llc-rf8。 流程10.合成中間物llc-rf2。Br 11c-ds 44 201107326 Scheme 9 describes the synthesis of the intermediate 11 c_d8 where R3 is the same as γ2 and X=Br. Thus, the known carboxylic acid 43 (Lompa-Krzymien, L. et al., Proc. Int. Conf. Stable Isot. 2nd edition, 1976, session 1975, 574-8) was treated with diazomethane (according to Garrido , et al., Molecules, 2006, 1 1(6): 435-443. General method) or treated with trimethylsulfanyl and methanol (according to Doussineau, Τ et al.' Synlett, 2004, (10): 1 7 3 5 -17 3 8 general method) to provide methyl vinegar 4 4 . As in Scheme 5, the ester is treated with deuterated Grignard reagent 45 to provide intermediate 11 c-8. For example, commercially available deuterated fluorenyl-d3-magnesium is used as a Grignard reagent 45 to provide an inter-rf8 in which R3 and Y2 are both CD3. Scheme 10. Synthesis of the intermediate llc-rf2.

R3 MgX (48)R3 MgX (48)

流程10描述R3與Y2相同之llc-rf2之製備。因此,已 知鼠化 Sa 46 ( Feldman, KS 等人,journai 〇f 〇rganic Chemistry,2000,65(25): 8659-8668 )以四溴化碳及三苯膦 處理(Brueckner,AM 等人 ’ European Journal of Organic Chemistry,2003,(18): 3555-3561 )以提供 x 為溴基之酯 47,或以曱磺醯氣及三乙胺處理,接著以氣化鋰及DMF處 理(Sagi, K 等人,Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry,2005, 13(5): 1487-1496 )以提供X為氯基之酯47。如在流程5中, 45 201107326 以氘化格林納試劑48處理酯47提供11 c-rf2。舉例而言’使 用市售碘化曱基-d3-鎂作為格林納試劑48提供R3與Y2同 時為 CD3 之 llc-rf2。 可在流程1A中用作試劑11之其他已知氣化物包括: 卜氣-5,5-二氟-己烷(Rybczynski,PJ 等人,J Med Chemistry, 2004,47(1): 196-209) ; 1-氣-5-氟己烷(Chambers, RD 等 人,Tetrahedron,2006, 62(30): 7162-7167 ) ; 6-氣-2-己醇 (歐洲專利公開案0412596 ) ; (S)-6-氣-2-己醇(Keinan,E 等人,J Am Chem Soc,1986,108(12): 3474-3480 );市售 (R)-6-氣-2-己醇;市售6-氣-2-己酮;已知6·氣-2-曱基己-2-醇(Kutner,Α 等人,Journal of Organic Chemistry,1988, 5 3(15): 3450-7 );已知 6-溴-2-甲基己-2-醇(Kutner,A 等 人,Journal of Organic Chemistry, 1988,53(1 5): 3450-7 ); 已知1-漠'-5 -氟-5-曱基己烧(Hester,JB等人,Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2001, 44(7): 1099-1 1 15 ) 0 流程11.合成式A1化合物Scheme 10 describes the preparation of the same llc-rf2 as R3 and Y2. Therefore, it is known that murine Sa 46 (Feldman, KS et al., Journai 〇f 〇rganic Chemistry, 2000, 65(25): 8659-8668) is treated with carbon tetrabromide and triphenylphosphine (Brueckner, AM et al. European Journal of Organic Chemistry, 2003, (18): 3555-3561) to provide ester 47 with bromine group, or treatment with sulfonium sulfonate and triethylamine, followed by treatment with lithium hydride and DMF (Sagi, K Et al., Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry, 2005, 13(5): 1487-1496) to provide ester 47 wherein X is a chloro group. As in Scheme 5, 45 201107326 treatment of ester 47 with deuterated Grignard reagent 48 provides 11 c-rf2. For example, commercially available decyl-d3-magnesium is used as a Grignard reagent 48 to provide a vector-rf2 in which R3 and Y2 are simultaneously CD3. Other known vapors that can be used as reagent 11 in Scheme 1A include: Bugas-5,5-difluoro-hexane (Rybczynski, PJ et al, J Med Chemistry, 2004, 47(1): 196-209 1- gas-5-fluorohexane (Chambers, RD et al, Tetrahedron, 2006, 62(30): 7162-7167); 6-gas-2-hexanol (European Patent Publication 0412596); (S -6-Ga-2-hexanol (Keinan, E et al, J Am Chem Soc, 1986, 108(12): 3474-3480); commercially available (R)-6-gas-2-hexanol; 6-Gas-2-hexanone is sold; 6·Ga-2-mercaptohexan-2-ol is known (Kutner, Α et al, Journal of Organic Chemistry, 1988, 5 3(15): 3450-7); 6-bromo-2-methylhexan-2-ol is known (Kutner, A et al, Journal of Organic Chemistry, 1988, 53(1 5): 3450-7); 1-di--5-fluorine is known -5-mercaptohexanone (Hester, JB et al, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2001, 44(7): 1099-1 1 15 ) 0 Scheme 11. Synthesis of a compound of formula A1

流程1 1描述式A1化合物之合成。因此,式I化合物 以於DaO中之碳酸鉀處理以實現氫氘交換反應,提供式A i 46 201107326 化合物。熟習此項技術者應瞭解亦可在分子Φ v,上 τ別處發生額 外氫氘交換反應。 流程1 2.替代性合成式A 1化合物Scheme 1 1 describes the synthesis of a compound of formula A1. Thus, the compound of formula I is treated with potassium carbonate in DaO to effect a hydroquinone exchange reaction, providing a compound of formula A i 46 201107326. Those skilled in the art should be aware that additional hydroquinone exchange reactions can also occur elsewhere on the Φ v, τ. Scheme 1 2. Alternative synthetic formula A 1 compound

K2C〇3 d2oK2C〇3 d2o

R1 N /^D R2 (11) K2C03 R2 式A1 50 流程12中描述式A1化合物之一替代性合成。因此 中間物:ΠΚ參看流程1A)以於〇2〇中之碳酸鉀處 ^交換反應’提供呈…N_H物質種類形式之化八 50。在碳酸鉀存在下對中間物u ° 化合物。 進仃院基化來提供式 可使用許多新穎中間物來製 發明亦提供該種化合物,其係1二Α化合物。因此,R1 N /^D R2 (11) K2C03 R2 Formula A1 50 An alternative synthesis of a compound of formula A1 is depicted in Scheme 12. Therefore, the intermediate: ΠΚ see Scheme 1A) is used to exchange the reaction in the potassium carbonate in 〇2〇 to provide the form of the substance N...H. An intermediate u ° compound in the presence of potassium carbonate. The invention can also be used to provide a compound which is a diterpene compound. therefore,

47 20110732647 201107326

48 201107326 可如 〇rg.Lett.,2005,7:1427_1429 中—般性描述使 用適當氘化起始物質來製備以上化合物a_d。可來考如下所 示之流程15’自上文列出之適當漠化物來製備化合物。所 適用於本發明之某些黃嘌呤中間物亦為新穎的。因 此’本發明提供氘化黃嘌呤中間物: 0 R1 wAv〇48 201107326 The above compound a_d can be prepared by the general description of the use of a suitable deuterated starting material as described in 〇rg. Lett., 2005, 7: 1427_1429. Compounds can be prepared from the appropriate deserts listed above by the procedure 15' shown below. Certain xanthine intermediates suitable for use in the present invention are also novel. Therefore, the present invention provides an intermediate of samarium sulphate: 0 R1 wAv〇

〇 ϊ N r2 111 ’其中W為氫或氘’且R1及R2係各自獨 立地選自氫、沉、視情況經氣取代之C I ·3烧基,及視情況 經氘取代之C,-3烷氧基烷基。R1及R2 Ci.3烷基之實例包括 -CH3、-CD3、-CH2CH2CH3 及-CD2CD2CD3。Cu 烷氧基烷基 之實例包括-CH2OCH2CH3、-CD2OCH2CH3、-CD20CD2CH3 及-cd2ocd2cd3。〇ϊ N r2 111 'wherein W is hydrogen or 氘' and R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, sinking, optionally substituted by gas, CI, 3 alkyl, and optionally substituted by C, -3 Alkoxyalkyl. Examples of the R1 and R2 Ci.3 alkyl groups include -CH3, -CD3, -CH2CH2CH3, and -CD2CD2CD3. Examples of the Cu alkoxyalkyl group include -CH2OCH2CH3, -CD2OCH2CH3, -CD20CD2CH3, and -cd2ocd2cd3.

C D2CD 2〇 D 3 III-a III-b III-c 、C D2CD 2〇 D 3 III-a III-b III-c ,

pH2CH2CH3pH2CH2CH3

Ill-e cr H、Ill-e cr H,

ch2ch2ch3 III-: III-d 49 201107326Ch2ch2ch3 III-: III-d 49 201107326

HiS cd2cd2cd3 -N 、/>*D 、N ch3 ch2och2ch3HiS cd2cd2cd3 -N , />*D , N ch3 ch2och2ch3

Ill-g o H'Ill-g o H'

0,'N N I CD-,0, 'N N I CD-,

N />~DN />~D

Ill-jIll-j

GD2OCD2CD3 CH2OCH2CH3 及GD2OCD2CD3 CH2OCH2CH3 and

CD, CD2〇CD2CD3 N L DΝ'、CD, CD2〇CD2CD3 N L DΝ',

III-l f以上每一式ΠΙ實例中,w為氫。在一組相應實例中 W為氘。式in化合物之鹽亦為適用的,包括已知與已知_ 嘌呤相關適用之鹽。適用鹽之實例包括(但不限於)鋰鹽 納鹽、鉀鹽及铯鹽。尤其適用鹽之一實例為鉀鹽。 以上所示之特定方法及化合物不欲具有限制性。本: 流程中之化學結構描繪與本文化合物式中之相應位置之^ 學基團定義(部分'原子等)相匹配據此加以定義的代號 而不論該等化學基團定義是否由相同代號名稱(亦即R1 R2 : R3等)來識別。-般技術者完全知曉化合物結構中: 化學基團用於合成另一化合物的適合性。 合成本發明化合物及其合成前驅物之其他方法(包^ 本文流程中未明確展示之途徑内之方法)為一般熟習化a 技術者所掌握。it用於合成適们匕合物之合成化學轉化』 保護基方法(保護及去保護)纟此項技術中為已知的且彳 括例如在以下文獻中所描述之方法:^〇仏ι Comprehensive Organic Transformations, yCH PubUshe; 50 201107326 (1989),Greene TW 等人,Growps 第 3 版,John Wiley and Sons (1999) ; Fieser L 等 人 ’ Fieser and Fieser’ s Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons (1994);及 Paquette L 編,少c/opei/k of Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons (1 995)及其後續版本。 本發明所設想之取代基及代號之組合僅為導致形成穩 定化合物之組合。 組成物In the case of each of the above formulas, III-l f, w is hydrogen. In a corresponding set of examples, W is 氘. Salts of the compounds in the formula are also suitable, including the salts which are known to be relevant to known 嘌呤. Examples of suitable salts include, but are not limited to, lithium salts, sodium salts, potassium salts and barium salts. An example of a particularly suitable salt is the potassium salt. The specific methods and compounds shown above are not intended to be limiting. This: The chemical structure depicted in the scheme matches the definition of the corresponding group in the formula (partial 'atoms, etc.) in this formula, and the code is defined accordingly, regardless of whether the chemical group definition is represented by the same code name ( That is, R1 R2: R3, etc.) to identify. The general practitioner is fully aware of the structure of the compound: the suitability of the chemical group for the synthesis of another compound. Other methods of synthesizing the compounds of the invention and their synthetic precursors (including methods within the pathways not explicitly shown herein) are within the skill of those of ordinary skill in the art. It is used to synthesize synthetic chemical transformations of suitable chelates. The protecting group method (protection and deprotection) is known in the art and includes, for example, the methods described in the following literature: ^〇仏ι Comprehensive Organic Transformations, yCH PubUshe; 50 201107326 (1989), Greene TW et al., Growps 3rd edition, John Wiley and Sons (1999); Fieser L et al. 'Fieser and Fieser' s Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons ( 1994); and Paquette L, less c/opei/k of Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons (1 995) and subsequent versions. Combinations of substituents and symbols contemplated by the present invention are only combinations that result in the formation of stable compounds. Composition

I 本發明亦提供無致熱質組成物,其包含有效量之本發 明化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽:及可接受之載劑。較 佳地,本發明組成物經調配用於醫藥用途(“醫藥組成 物”),其中載劑為醫藥學上可接受之載劑。在與調配物之 其他成份相容之意義上,載劑為“可接受的”,且在醫藥 學上可接受之載劑的情況中,在藥物中所用之量下,對其 接受者無害。 ~ σ在本發明之醫藥組成物中使用之醫藥學上可接受之 載劑、佐劑及媒劑包括(但不限於)離子交換劑、氧化紹、 硬脂酸I呂,脂、血清蛋白質諸如人類血清白蛋白、緩 Π質諸如鱗酸鹽、甘胺酸、山梨酸、山梨酸鉀、飽和植 物月曰肪酸之偏甘油两匕、、日人斗心 . 由U物、水、鹽或電解質,諸如硫酸 魚精蛋白、磷酸氫二納、罐酸氫鉀、氣化納、鋅鹽、腰能 -氧切、三料鎂、各相、以纖維素為主之 51 201107326 物質、聚乙二醇、羧曱基纖維素鈉、聚丙烯酸酯、蠟、聚 乙烯-聚氧丙烯嵌段聚合物、.聚乙二醇及羊毛脂。 本發明之醫藥組成物包括適合於經口、直腸、經鼻、 局部(包括頰内及舌下)、陰道或非經腸(包括皮下、肌肉 内、靜脈内及皮内)投予之醫藥組成物。在某些具體實例 中,具有本文式之化合物係經皮投予(例如使用經皮貼片 或電離子透入技術)。其他調配物可便利地以單位劑型(例 如錠劑、持續釋放膠囊)及以脂質體形式提供,且可藉由 製藥技術中熟知之任何方法製備。參見例如Remingt〇n,sI The invention also provides a non-pyrogenic composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and an acceptable carrier. Preferably, the compositions of the present invention are formulated for pharmaceutical use ("pharmaceutical compositions") wherein the carrier is a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The carrier is "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation, and in the case of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, is not deleterious to the recipient in the amounts employed in the medicament. ~ σ pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles for use in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, oxidized sulphate, stearic acid I, lipids, serum proteins such as Human serum albumin, slow sputum such as sulphate, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, saturated plant sulphuric acid, partial glycerin, and daily fighting. From U, water, salt or Electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, dihydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen citrate, gasified sodium, zinc salt, waist energy-oxygen cutting, three-material magnesium, various phases, mainly cellulose 51 201107326 Substance, Poly B Glycol, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyacrylate, wax, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene block polymer, polyethylene glycol and lanolin. The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention comprises a pharmaceutical composition suitable for oral, rectal, nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), vaginal or parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous and intradermal) administration. Things. In certain embodiments, a compound having the formula herein is administered transdermally (e.g., using a transdermal patch or an iontophoresis technique). Other formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form (e.g., lozenges, sustained release capsules) and in the form of liposomes, and may be prepared by any methods well known in the pharmaceutical art. See for example Remingt〇n, s

Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, Philadelphia,pa (第 17 版 1 985)。 ^在某些具體實例中,化合物係經口投予。適合於經口 投予之本發明組成物可以如下形式提供:I自含有預定量 之活性成份之不連續單位(諸如膠囊、藥囊或旋劑);散劑 或顆U ’水性液體或非水性液體中之溶液或懸浮液;水 。包油型液體乳液;%包水型液體乳液;脂質體包封形式. :大丸劑形式等。軟明膠膠囊可適用於容納該等懸浮液, '、可有利地增加化合物吸收之速率。 糖及口使用之鍵劑之情況下,通常使用之載劑包括乳 於以膠囊型地Γ潤滑劑,諸如硬脂酸鎮。對 玉殿:1σ &予而5 ’適用稀釋劑包括乳糖及乾燥 懸浮劑組合。需要時,可夭B f 成6與乳化及 或著色劑。需要日寺叮添加某些甜味劑及/或調味劑及/ 52 201107326 適合於經口投予之組成物包括於調味基質(通常為藉 糖及阿拉伯膠(acacia)或黃蓍膠)中包含成份之口含旋 及於惰性基質(諸如明膠及甘油,或蔗糖及阿拉伯勝)中 包含活性成份之片劑。 迎$於并經腸投予之組成物包括可含有抗氧化劑、緩 衝劑、抑菌劑及使得調配物與預定接受者之血液等滲之容 質之水性及非水性無菌注射溶液;及可包括懸浮劑及增稠 劑之水性及非水性無菌懸浮液。調配物可提供於單位劑量 或多劑量容器(例如密封安瓿及小瓶)之中,且可儲存於 冷;束乾燥(;東乾)條件下,僅需要在使用之前即刻添2 菌液體載劑(例如注射用水)。可自無菌散劑、顆粒劑及錠 劑製備臨時注射溶液及懸浮液。 該等注射溶液可呈例如無菌可注射水性或油性懸浮液 形式。該懸浮液可根據此項技術中已知之技術、使用合適 或濕潤劑(諸如吐溫80(Tween8〇))及懸浮劑調配。 函可注射製劑亦可為於非經腸可接 并、工腸了接又之無毒稀釋劑或溶 、、可注射洛液或懸浮液,例如呈於1,3-丁二醇中之 溶液形式。可俅用夕亦M A ^ 砰r ( 使用之可接受之媒劑及溶劑為甘露糖醇、水、 : 渗氣化納溶液。另 用、菌不揮發性油用作溶劑或懸浮介質。為此目 g旨或二無刺激性不揮發性油,包括合成單酸甘油 接受之天Μ ^㈣尤其呈聚氧乙稀型式之醫藥學上可 -油(諸如撖欖油或編), 及其甘油酯衍生物、介 、百郭,由δ义 )亦適用於製備可注射劑。此等油溶液 53 201107326 或懸浮液亦可含有長鏈醇稀釋劑或分散劑。 本發明之醫藥組成物可以用於直腸投予之栓劑之形式 投予。此等組成物可藉由將本發明化合物與在室溫下為固 體但在直腸溫度下為液體且因此在直腸中將熔融從而釋放 活性組份之合適非刺激性賦形劑混合來製備。該等物質包 括(但不限於)可可脂、蜂蠟及聚乙二醇。 本發明之醫藥組成物可藉由經鼻氣溶膠或吸入來投 予。該等組成物係根據醫藥調配技術中熟知之技術製備且 可採用苄醇或其他合適防腐劑、增強生物可用性之吸收促 進劑'碳氟化合物及/或此項技術中已知之其他增溶或分散 劑製備為鹽水溶液《參見例如讓渡給Alexza Delivery Corp〇rati〇n 之 Rabin〇witz,JD 及 2池削1 ac 美 國專利 6,803,03 1。 、 备所需治療涉及易藉由局部施用達到之區域或器官 夺局部投予本發明之醫藥組成物尤其適用。對於局部施 皮膚之局部施用而言,醫藥組成物應以含有懸浮或溶 早方'載剜中之活性組份的合適軟膏劑來調配。局部投予本 發明化合物之載劑包括(但不限於)$物油、液體石油、 ,石蠟、丙二醇、聚氧乙烯聚氧丙烯化合物、乳化蠟及水。 :者,醫藥組成物可以含有懸浮或溶解於載劑中之活性化 〜物的。適洗劑或乳膏劑來調配。合適載劑包肖(但不限 i礦物〉甴、去水山梨糖醇單硬脂酸醋' $山梨酸酉旨60、 ::、基:曰蠟、十六醇十八醇、2·辛基十二醇、苄醇及水。本 醤藥且成物亦可藉由直腸栓劑調配物或以合適灌腸 54 201107326 劑調配物形式局部施用於下部腸道。本發明中亦包括局部 經皮貼片及電離子透入投藥。 ° 標的治療劑之施用可為局部施用,以便投予至所關注 之部位。可使用各種技術將標的組成物提供於所關注之部 位,諸如注射、使用導管、套管、轟擊粒子、泊洛尼^ (Phonic)凝膠、血管内支架、持續藥物釋放聚合物或提 供内部接近之其他裝置。 在另-具體實例中,本發明組成物另外包含第二治療 劑。第二治療劑可選自已知在與具有與配妥西菲林相同作 用機制之化合物一起投予日夺具有或顯*有生質的任何化 合物或治療劑。該等藥劑包括表明適用於與配妥西菲林組 合之藥劑,包括(但不限於)WO 1997019686、EP 0640342、Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, Philadelphia, pa (17th ed. 1 985). ^ In certain embodiments, the compounds are administered orally. Compositions of the invention suitable for oral administration can be provided as follows: I from discrete units (such as capsules, sachets or elixirs) containing a predetermined amount of active ingredient; powders or granules, aqueous or non-aqueous liquids a solution or suspension; water. Oil-in-oil type liquid emulsion; % water-in-water type liquid emulsion; liposome encapsulated form. : bolster form and the like. Soft gelatin capsules may be adapted to contain such suspensions, 'which may advantageously increase the rate of absorption of the compound. In the case of a sugar and a key for use in the mouth, a carrier which is usually used includes a milk in a capsule type, such as stearic acid. For the Jade Hall: 1σ & and 5 ‘applicable diluents include lactose and dry suspension combinations. If desired, fB f can be 6 with emulsifying and or coloring agents. It is necessary to add certain sweeteners and/or flavoring agents to the Japanese temple and/or it. 52 201107326 Compositions suitable for oral administration are included in the flavoring base (usually in sugar and acacia or tragacanth). The mouth of the ingredient contains a tablet containing the active ingredient in an inert matrix such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and arabic. Compositions for enteral administration and enteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injectable solutions which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostatic agents, and a substance which renders the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and may include Aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions of suspending and thickening agents. Formulations can be supplied in unit-dose or multi-dose containers (eg, sealed ampoules and vials) and can be stored in cold; bundle-dried (Donggan) conditions, requiring only 2 liquid carriers to be added immediately prior to use ( For example, water for injection). Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions can be prepared from sterile powders, granules and lozenges. Such injection solutions may be in the form of, for example, a sterile injectable aqueous or oily suspension. The suspension may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable or humectants such as Tween 8(R) and suspending agents. The injectable preparation may also be a parenterally-incorporated, non-toxic diluent or a solution, an injectable solution or suspension, for example, in the form of a solution in 1,3-butanediol. . It can also be used as MA ^ 砰r (the acceptable media and solvent used are mannitol, water, : osmotic solution. Another use, non-volatile oil is used as solvent or suspension medium. a non-irritating, non-volatile oil, including synthetic glycerol-receiving sputum ^ (4) medicinally-oil (such as eucalyptus oil or woven), especially glycerol, and its glycerin Ester derivatives, mediators, and cyanobacteria are also suitable for the preparation of injectables. These oil solutions 53 201107326 or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant. The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered in the form of a suppository for rectal administration. Such compositions can be prepared by mixing the compound of the present invention with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at room temperature but liquid at the rectal temperature and thus melts in the rectum to release the active ingredient. Such materials include, but are not limited to, cocoa butter, beeswax, and polyethylene glycol. The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation. Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and may employ benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, bioavailability absorption enhancers 'fluorocarbons and/or other solubilization or dispersion known in the art. The preparation is a saline solution. See, for example, Rabin 〇witz, JD and 2 Pooled 1 ac US Patent 6,803,03 1 assigned to Alexza Delivery Corp〇rati〇n. The desired treatment involves a region or organ that is readily accessible by topical application. The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is especially suitable for topical administration. For topical application to topical application to the skin, the pharmaceutical composition should be formulated with a suitable ointment containing the active ingredient in suspension or dissolution. Carriers for topical administration of the compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, oils, liquid petroleum, paraffin, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene compounds, emulsifying waxes, and water. The pharmaceutical composition may contain an active substance suspended or dissolved in a carrier. Formulated with a lotion or cream. Suitable carrier package Shaw (but not limited to i minerals > 去, sorbitan monostearic acid vinegar ' $ sorbic acid 酉 60, ::, base: wax, hexadecanol octanol, 2· xin The base drug and the product may also be topically applied to the lower intestinal tract by a rectal suppository formulation or in the form of a suitable enema 54 201107326. The topical percutaneous patch is also included in the present invention. Tablets and iontophoresis can be administered. The application of the therapeutic agent can be applied topically for administration to the site of interest. Various techniques can be used to provide the target composition to the site of interest, such as injection, use of catheters, sleeves. Tubes, bombardment particles, Phonic gels, endovascular stents, sustained drug release polymers, or other devices that provide internal access. In another embodiment, the compositions of the present invention additionally comprise a second therapeutic agent. The second therapeutic agent can be selected from any compound or therapeutic agent known to be administered with or with the same bioavailability as the compound having the same mechanism of action as the cefolin. The agents include those indicated to be suitable for use. West film combination Agents, including (but not limited) WO 1997019686, EP 0640342,

WO 2003013568、WO 2001032156、WO 200603541 8 及 WO 1996005838中所述之藥劑。 在本發明之醫藥組成物中,本發明化合物係以有效量 存在如本文中所用,術語有效量”係指當以適當給藥 方案投予時足以治療(治療性或預防性)目標病症之量。 舉例而言,有效量足以降低或舒緩所治療病症之嚴重程 度、持續時間或進程,阻止所治療病症之進展,使所治療 病症好轉,或增強或改善另一療法之預防或治療效果。 用於動物與人類之劑量之内在關係(以每平方公尺體 表所用之毫克數計)描述於Freireich等人,cancerAgents described in WO 2003013568, WO 2001032156, WO 200603541 8 and WO 1996005838. In the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, the compound of the present invention is present in an effective amount, as used herein, and the term effective amount means an amount sufficient to treat (therapeutic or prophylactic) a target condition when administered in an appropriate dosage regimen. For example, an effective amount is sufficient to reduce or soothe the severity, duration or progression of the condition being treated, to prevent progression of the condition being treated, to improve the condition being treated, or to enhance or ameliorate the prophylactic or therapeutic effect of another therapy. The intrinsic relationship between the dose of animals and humans (measured in milligrams per square meter of body surface) is described in Freireich et al., cancer

Chemother· Rep,1966,50: 219中。體表面積可自患者之身 向及體重近似.地測定。參見例如Scientific Tables,Geigy 55 201107326Chemother·Rep, 1966, 50: 219. The body surface area can be measured from the patient's body and body weight. See, for example, Scientific Tables, Geigy 55 201107326

Pharmaceuticals, Ardsley, N.Y., 1970,537 ° 在一具體實例中,本發明化合物之有效量在每次治療 20 mg至2000 mg範圍内。在更特定具體實例中,該量在每 -人冶療40 mg至1000 mg範圍内,或wo mg至8〇〇 mg範 圍内,或更特疋§之在200 mg至400 mg範圍内。治療典 型地每天投予一至三次。 如熟習此項技術者所認識到,有效劑量亦視以下因素 而不同:所治療之疾病、疾病嚴重程度、投藥途徑、患者 之性別、年齡及一般健康狀況、賦形劑使用、與其他治療 性治療(諸如使用其他藥劑)協同使用之可能性及治療醫 師之判斷。舉例而言,選擇有效劑量之指南可參考配妥西 菲林之處方資訊來確定。 對於包含第二治療劑之醫藥組成物而言,第二治療劑 之有效量在僅使用彼藥劑之單—療法方案中正常使用之劑 量的約20%與100〇/。之間》較佳地,有效量在正常單一治療 劑量之約70%與100%之間。此等第二治療劑之正常單一治 療劑量在此項技術中為熟知的。參見例如WeUs等人,編,Pharmaceuticals, Ardsley, N.Y., 1970, 537 ° In one embodiment, an effective amount of a compound of the invention is in the range of from 20 mg to 2000 mg per treatment. In a more specific embodiment, the amount is in the range of 40 mg to 1000 mg per human, or from wo mg to 8 mg, or more specifically in the range of 200 mg to 400 mg. Treatment is typically administered one to three times a day. As will be recognized by those skilled in the art, the effective dose will also vary depending on the disease being treated, the severity of the disease, the route of administration, the sex of the patient, the age and general health, the use of the excipient, and other therapeutic properties. The likelihood of treatment (such as the use of other agents) and the judgment of the treating physician. For example, a guide to selecting an effective dose can be determined by referring to the information on the location of the Westin. For a pharmaceutical composition comprising a second therapeutic agent, the effective amount of the second therapeutic agent is about 20% and 100% of the amount normally used in a single-therapy regimen using only the agent. Preferably, the effective amount is between about 70% and 100% of the normal single therapeutic dose. Normal single therapeutic doses of such second therapeutic agents are well known in the art. See, for example, WeUs et al., ed.,

Phar嶋cotherapy Handbook,第 2 版,Appleton and Lange,Phar嶋cotherapy Handbook, 2nd edition, Appleton and Lange,

Stamford, Conn. (2000); PDR Pharmacopoeia, Tarascon Pocket Pharmacopoeia 2000,豪華版,Tarasc〇n PubHshing,Stamford, Conn. (2000); PDR Pharmacopoeia, Tarascon Pocket Pharmacopoeia 2000, Deluxe Edition, Tarasc〇n PubHshing,

Loma Unda,Calif. (2000),該等文獻中每一者之全文以引 用之方式併入本文中。 治療方法 56 201107326 之磷酸二酯酶 種式A、A1、 在一具體實例中,本發明提供抑制細胞 (D E )/舌性之方法,其包含使細胞與一或多 、Π或B之化合物接觸。 除PDE抑制活性外,已知配妥西菲林亦抑制許多其他 生物劑(諸如介白素“(IL-D、IL-6、IL-12、TNF.a、 血纖維蛋白原及各種生長因子)之產生。因此,在另一具 體實例中,本發明提供抑制細胞之介白素-l(IL_n、il_6、 IL-12、TNF_a、血纖維蛋白原及各種生長因子之產生的方 法,其包含使細胞與一或多種式A、A1、丨、π或B之化合 物接觸。 根據另一具體實例,本發明提供治療有需要之患者之 叮4由配*西菲林治療而獲益之疾病的方法,其包含投予 該患者有效量之式A、Α1、丨、π或Β化合物或包含式Α、 Α1、Ι、II或Β化合物及醫藥學上可接受之載劑之醫藥組成 物的步驟。Loma Unda, Calif. (2000), the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference. Method of treatment 56 201107326 Phosphodiesterase Formula A, A1 In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of inhibiting cell (DE)/linguality comprising contacting a cell with a compound of one or more, hydrazine or B . In addition to PDE inhibitory activity, it is known that the combination of cefprolin also inhibits many other biological agents (such as interleukin " (IL-D, IL-6, IL-12, TNF.a, fibrinogen and various growth factors) Thus, in another embodiment, the invention provides a method of inhibiting the production of interleukin-1 (IL_n, il_6, IL-12, TNF_a, fibrinogen, and various growth factors) comprising The cells are contacted with one or more compounds of formula A, A1, 丨, π or B. According to another embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a condition in which a patient in need thereof is benefiting from treatment with sirfeline, It comprises the step of administering to the patient an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition of formula A, hydrazone 1, hydrazine, π or hydrazine or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, II or hydrazine compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

該等疾病在此項技術中為熟知的且揭示於(但不限於) 以下專利及公開申請案中:WO 1988004928、ΕΡ 0493682、 US 5 1 12827、ΕΡ 0484785、WO 1997019686、WO 2003013568、WO 2001032156、WO 1992007566、WO 1998055 1 10、WO 2005023 193、US 4975432、WO 1993018770、ΕΡ 0490181 及 WO 1996005 836。該等疾病包 括(但不限於)周邊阻塞性血管疾病;腎小球性腎炎;腎 病症候群;非酒精性脂肪變性肝炎;利什曼病;肝硬化; 肝功能衰竭;杜興氏肌肉萎縮症;遲發性放射誘發損傷; 57 201107326 放射誘發之淋巴水腫;放射相關之壞死;酒精性肝炎;放 射相關之纖維變性;早產兒之壞死性小腸結腸炎;糖尿病 性腎病、高血壓誘發腎衰竭,及其他慢性腎病;局灶節段 性腎小球硬化;肺部肉狀瘤病;復發性鵝口瘡口炎;乳癌 患者之慢性乳房疼痛;腦及中樞神經系統腫瘤;營養不良· 發炎-惡病質症候群;介白素_丨介導之疾病;移植物抗宿主 反應及其他同種異體移植物反應;飲食誘發之脂肪肝病 狀'動脈粥樣化病變、脂肪肝變性及其他飲食誘發之高脂 肪或酒精誘發之組織變性病狀;f i型人類免疫缺陷性病 毒(HIV-Ι)及其他人類反轉錄病毒感染;多發性硬化症; 癌症;纖維增生性疾病;真菌感染;藥物誘發之腎中毒; 膠原性結腸炎及以血小板衍生生長因子(pDGF )或其他發 炎性細胞激素含量升高為特徵之其他疾病及/或病狀;子宮 内膜異位·’與後天性免疫缺失症候群(Ams )、免疫病症疾 病或多發性硬化症相關之視神經病及CNS功能缺損;自體 免疫疾病;上呼吸道病毒感染;抑鬱症;尿失禁;大腸急 躁症;敗血性休克;阿茲海默氏癡呆;神經病變性疼痛; 排尿困難;視網膜或視神經損傷;消化性潰瘍;胰島素依 賴性糖尿病;非胰島素依賴性糖尿病;糖尿病性腎病;代 謝症候群’·肥胖症;姨島素抗性;異常血脂症;病理性葡 萄糖耐受症;高血壓;高血脂症;高尿酸血症;痛風’·高 凝血性’·急性酒精性肝炎;嗅覺病症;開放性動脈導管; 及與嗜中性白血球趨化性及/或去顆粒作用相關之發炎 傷。 攻才貝 58 201107326 式A A1、i、η或B之化合物亦可用於控制如藉由體 格檢查所確定需要進行控制之個體之眼内壓或敎大腦血 流之自動調節。 *在y特定具體實例令,本發明方法用於治療有需要之 心、者之選自以下之疾病或病狀:自四肢慢性閉塞性動脈疾 病及其他周邊阻塞性▲管疾病所引起之間歇性跛行;腎小 球性腎炎;局灶節段性腎小球硬化;腎病症候群;非酒精 性脂肪變性肝炎;利什曼病;肝硬化;肝功能衰竭;杜興 氏肌肉萎縮症;遲發性放射誘發損傷;放射誘發之淋巴水 腫;酒精性肝炎;&射誘發之纖維變性;早產兒之壞死性 小腸結腸炎;糖尿病性腎病、高血壓誘發之腎衰竭及其他 慢性腎病;肺部肉狀瘤病;復發性鵝口瘡口炎;乳癌串、者 之慢性乳房疼痛;腦及中樞神經系統腫瘤;肥胖症丨急性 /酉和性肝炎,嗅覺病症;子宮内膜異位相關之不孕症丨營 養不良-發炎-惡病質症候群;及開放性動脈導管。 在一具體實例中,本發明方法用於治療糖尿病性腎 病、高血壓性腎病或由四肢慢性閉塞性動脈疾病所引起之 間歇性跛行。在另一特定具體實例中,本發明方法用於治 療有需要之患者之選自由四肢慢性閉塞性動脈疾病所引起 之間歇性跛行的疾病或病狀。 在一具體實例中,本發明方法用於治療慢性腎病。,卜 性腎病可選自腎小球性腎炎、局灶節段性腎小球硬化、腎 病症候群、逆流性尿路病或多囊性腎病。 在一具體實例中,本發明方法用於治療肝臟慢性疾 59 201107326 病。肝臟慢性疾病可選自非酒精性脂肪變性肝炎、脂肪肝 變性或其他飲食誘發之高脂肪或酒精誘發之組織變性病 狀、肝硬化、肝功能衰竭或酒精性肝炎。 在一具體實例中,本發明方法用於糖尿病相關疾病或 病狀。此疾病可選自腺島素抗性'視網膜病'糖尿病性潰 癌、放射相關之壞死、急性腎衰竭或藥物誘發之腎中毒。 在-具體實例中’本發明方法用於治療罹患囊腫性纖 維變性之患者,包括罹患慢性假單胞菌支氣管炎之患者: 在一具體實例中’本發明方法用於幫助創傷癒合。可 …療之創傷類型之實例包括靜脈 癌及褥瘡。 張H廣、糖尿病性潰 :另-特定具體實例中’本發明方 之患者之# ό ,ν 口 W $為要 非姨島…:姨島素依賴性糖尿病; 非魄島素依賴性搪厉,庄.# W > 卜内’ 性.異當血0候群;肥胖症,·姨島辛抗 ,異*血月曰症;病理性葡萄糖 ’、抗 症,·高尿酸血症;痛風;及高凝血性又症1血厂堅,·高血脂 本文中描述之方法亦包括患者 治療之方法。識別需要該治療之串者二…需要所述特定 專業人員判斷且可為主觀的(例:由患者或健康護理 可藉由測試或診斷方法量測)。“)或客觀的(例如 在另-具體實例中,任何上述治療 八 多種第二治療劑共投予該患者之步驟。另—將一 已知適用於與配妥西菲 $ -治療劑可自 選擇。第二治療劑之選擇亦視療劑中進行 …寺疋疾病或病狀而 60 201107326 定。可在本發明方法中使用之第二治療劑之實例為以上閣 明之在包含本發明化合物及第二治療劑之組合組成物中使 用之第二治療劑。 詳言之,本發明之組合療法包括共投予式A、A1、I II或B化合物與第二治療劑來治療以下病狀(其中特定第 二治療劑在適應症後方之圓括號中指示):遲發性放射誘 發損傷(α -生育酚)、放射誘發之纖維 ° 又丨土、Q:-生月g分)、 放射誘發之淋巴水腫(α_生育紛)、乳癌患者之慢性乳戶 疼痛生育紛)、第2型糖尿病性腎病(卡托心 (—Π))、營養不良飾惡病質症候群(口服: 補充劑,諸如一及口服消炎模組,諸如0xepa) 1 腦及中樞神經系統腫瘤(放射療法及經基脲卜’及 本發明之組合療法亦包括共投予式a、A卜卜 化合物與第二治療劑來治療姨島 2 素依賴性糖尿病;代謝症候::病’非姨島 吊血月曰症’·病理性葡萄糖耐受症 一 ’異 尿酸血症;痛風,·及高凝灰性/一脂症;高 如本文中所用之術笋“ ” 為單-劍型(諸如包含^又予思謂第二治療剩可作 療劑之本發明組成物)之—a化σ物及如上所述之第二治 本發明化合物一起投予。。部分或作為分開之多個劑型與 前投予其他藥劍、與本4者’可在投予本發明化合物之 投予本發明化合物之二明化合物連續投予其他藥劑或在 中,本發明化合物斑第又予其他藥劑。在該組合療法治療 系―、療劑皆藉由f知方法授予。向 61 201107326 一患者投予包含本發明化合物及第二治療劑之本發明組成 物不排除在療程期間之另一時間向該患者單獨投予彼相同 >台療劑、任何其他第二治療劑或任何本發明化合物。Such diseases are well known in the art and are disclosed in, but are not limited to, the following patents and published applications: WO 1988004928, ΕΡ 0493682, US 5 1 12827, ΕΡ 0484785, WO 1997019686, WO 2003013568, WO 2001032156, WO 1992007566, WO 1998055 1 10, WO 2005023 193, US 4975432, WO 1993018770, ΕΡ 0490181 and WO 1996005 836. Such diseases include, but are not limited to, peripheral obstructive vascular disease; glomerulonephritis; renal syndrome; nonalcoholic steatosis hepatitis; leishmaniasis; cirrhosis; liver failure; Duchenne muscular dystrophy; Delayed radiation-induced injury; 57 201107326 Radiation-induced lymphedema; radiation-related necrosis; alcoholic hepatitis; radiation-related fibrosis; necrotizing enterocolitis in premature infants; diabetic nephropathy, hypertension-induced renal failure, and Other chronic kidney disease; focal segmental glomerulosclerosis; pulmonary sarcoidosis; recurrent thrush stomatitis; chronic breast pain in breast cancer patients; brain and central nervous system tumors; malnutrition · inflammation-cachexia syndrome; Interleukin 丨-mediated disease; graft versus host response and other allograft responses; diet-induced fatty liver disease atherosclerotic lesions, fatty liver degeneration and other diet-induced high fat or alcohol induced Tissue degenerative conditions; fi human immunodeficiency virus (HIV-Ι) and other human retrovirus infections; multiple Cancer; fibroproliferative disease; fungal infection; drug-induced nephrotoxicity; collagenous colitis and other diseases and/or diseases characterized by elevated levels of platelet-derived growth factor (pDGF) or other inflammatory cytokines Endometriosis · 'associated with acquired acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (Ams), immune disorder disease or multiple sclerosis optic neuropathy and CNS functional impairment; autoimmune disease; upper respiratory tract virus infection; depression; urine Incontinence; large bowel dysfunction; septic shock; Alzheimer's dementia; neuropathic pain; dysuria; retinal or optic nerve damage; peptic ulcer; insulin-dependent diabetes; non-insulin-dependent diabetes; diabetic nephropathy; '·obesity; 姨 素 resistance; abnormal dyslipidemia; pathological glucose tolerance; hypertension; hyperlipidemia; hyperuricemia; gout 'high glucency' · acute alcoholic hepatitis; Open arterial catheter; and inflammatory injury associated with chemotaxis and/or degranulation of neutrophilsCapsules 58 201107326 Compounds of formula A A1, i, η or B can also be used to control the intraocular pressure or turbulent blood flow of an individual as determined by physical examination. * In the specific example of y, the method of the present invention is used to treat a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of chronic obstructive arterial disease of the extremities and other peripheral obstructive ▲ tube diseases. Claudication; glomerular nephritis; focal segmental glomerulosclerosis; renal syndrome; nonalcoholic steatosis hepatitis; leishmaniasis; cirrhosis; liver failure; Duchenne muscular dystrophy; Radiation-induced injury; radiation-induced lymphedema; alcoholic hepatitis; & evoked fibrosis; necrotizing enterocolitis in premature infants; diabetic nephropathy, renal failure induced by hypertension, and other chronic kidney disease; Tumor disease; recurrent thrush stomatitis; breast cancer, chronic breast pain; brain and central nervous system tumors; obesity, acute/sickness and hepatitis, olfactory disorders; infertility associated with endometriosis Malnutrition - inflammatory - cachexia syndrome; and open arterial catheter. In one embodiment, the methods of the invention are used to treat diabetic nephropathy, hypertensive nephropathy, or intermittent claudication caused by chronic arteriovenous disease of the extremities. In another specific embodiment, the method of the invention is used to treat a disease or condition selected from patients with intermittent claudication caused by chronic arteriovenous disease of the extremities in a patient in need thereof. In one embodiment, the methods of the invention are used to treat chronic kidney disease. The nephropathy may be selected from glomerulonephritis, focal segmental glomerulosclerosis, renal syndrome, reflux uropathy, or polycystic kidney disease. In one embodiment, the method of the invention is used to treat chronic diseases of the liver 59 201107326. Chronic liver disease can be selected from non-alcoholic steatosis hepatitis, fatty liver degeneration or other diet-induced high fat or alcohol-induced tissue degeneration, cirrhosis, liver failure or alcoholic hepatitis. In one embodiment, the methods of the invention are used in a diabetes related disease or condition. The disease may be selected from the group consisting of adenosine resistance 'retinopathy' diabetic ulceration, radiation-related necrosis, acute renal failure or drug-induced nephrotoxicity. In a specific example, the method of the invention is used to treat a patient suffering from cystic fibrosis, including a patient suffering from chronic Pseudomonas bronchitis: In a specific example, the method of the invention is used to aid wound healing. Examples of types of wounds that can be treated include venous cancer and acne. Zhang H Guang, Diabetic Crush: Another - specific specific example of 'the patient of the invention's # ό, ν mouth W $ for the non-Island...: 姨 素 Dependent Diabetes; Non-魄 素 dependence dependent , Zhuang. # W > 卜内' Sex. Heterosexual blood 0 group; Obesity, · 姨岛辛抗, 异*血月曰症; pathological glucose', disease resistance, · hyperuricemia; gout And high coagulability and disease 1 blood plant Jian, · high blood lipids The methods described in this article also include methods of patient treatment. Identifying the need for the treatment is determined by the particular professional and can be subjective (eg, measured by a patient or health care by a test or diagnostic method). ") or objective (for example, in another specific example, any of the above-described steps of treating a total of eight or more second therapeutic agents to be administered to the patient. Another - will be known to be compatible with the formulation of the Ceffifine $-therapeutic agent Self-selection. The selection of the second therapeutic agent is also carried out in the therapeutic agent. The disease or condition of the temple is determined by the method of the present invention. The second therapeutic agent which can be used in the method of the present invention is the compound of the present invention. And a second therapeutic agent for use in a combination composition of the second therapeutic agent. In particular, the combination therapy of the present invention comprises co-administering a compound of formula A, A1, I II or B with a second therapeutic agent to treat the following conditions (The specific second therapeutic agent is indicated in parentheses after the indication): delayed radiation-induced injury (α-tocopherol), radiation-induced fiber ° and bauxite, Q:-shengyue g), radiation Induced lymphedema (α_ fertility), chronic breast pain in breast cancer patients), type 2 diabetic nephropathy (catoxin (-Π)), malnutrition and cachexia syndrome (oral: supplements, such as I and oral anti-inflammatory module For example, 0xepa) 1 brain and central nervous system tumors (radiotherapy and transurea) and the combination therapy of the present invention also include co-administered formula a, Ab compound and second therapeutic agent to treat 姨2 dependence Diabetes; metabolic syndrome: disease 'non-姨 吊 吊 吊 ' · · · 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 The shoot "" is a single-sword type (such as a composition of the invention comprising a second therapeutic residue as a therapeutic agent) and a second therapeutic compound of the invention as described above. In part or as a plurality of separate dosage forms and pre-administered to other medicine swords, and the present invention can be administered to other compounds or in the course of administration of the compound of the present invention. The compound of the invention is further administered with other agents. The combination therapy treatment system and the therapeutic agent are all granted by the method of f. The administration of the composition of the present invention comprising the compound of the present invention and the second therapeutic agent to a patient at 61 201107326 is not excluded. Another during the treatment The patient is administered the same > therapeutic agent, any other second therapeutic agent or any of the compounds of the invention separately.

此等第二治療劑之有效量為熟習此項技術者所熟知且 給藥指南可見於本文中提及之專利及公開專利申請案中以 及 WeUs 等人,編 Pharmacotherapy Handbook 第 2 版, Appleton and Lange, Stamford, Conn. (2000) ; PDRThe effective amount of such second therapeutic agents is well known to those skilled in the art and guidelines for administration can be found in the patents and published patent applications mentioned herein and in WeUs et al., Pharmacotherapy Handbook 2nd Edition, Appleton and Lange , Stamford, Conn. (2000) ; PDR

Pharmacopoeia,丁arasc〇n p〇cket 2_,豪華 版’ Taiascon Publishing,Loma Linda,Calif· (2000)及其他 醬千教科書中。然@ ,判定第二治療劑之最佳有效量範圍 元全在熟習此項技術者之能力範圍内。 在本%明之向個體投予第二治療劑之一具體實例中, 本,明化合物之有效量少於其在不投予第二治療劑時之有 效量。在另一具體實例第二治療劑之有效量少於其在 :扠予本發明化合物時之有效量。以此方#,可使與任一 藥劑之高劑量相關之不當副作用降至最低程度。其他潛在 優勢(包括(但不限於)改良之給藥方案及/或藥物成本降 低)對熟習此項技術者而言將顯而易見。 在另一態樣中,本發明提供式A、A1、卜„或B 物單獨或與一或多種上述第二治療劑一起之用途,其 :二造呈單-組成物形式或呈分開劑型形式的用於治 能I患者之上述疾㉟、病症或症狀之藥物。本發明之 L樣為式A、A1、I、I 了十η ^ , 或B之化合物,其係用於治療 防患者之本文中描述之疾病'病症或症狀。 62 201107326 合成實施例 以下合成實施例提供製備本 % d之某些化合物之詳無 程序。熟習此項技術者顯而易f 平、, 見了參考上述此等程序及请 程、經由使用其他試劑或中間物也 間物來製備本發明之其他化名 物。所製備之化合物係藉由所說 + 丨 所°兄明之NMR、質譜分析及 或元素分析來分析。IHNMR係a洎田 1糸在適用於測定氘合併度之30丨 MHz儀器上執行。除非另外陳述 ^ 丨果边否則如以下實施例中押 注明之不存在NMR信號指示 ;ίΐ σ併度為至少9〇0/。。 實施例1.合成3-甲基·7_(甲 ν τ基-心)-1-(5-側氧基己 基)-ιη-π票吟-2,6(3//,7//)_二酮(化合物 ι〇〇)。 流程1 3 ·製備化合物1 〇 〇及4 〇 9Pharmacopoeia, Ding arasc〇n p〇cket 2_, Deluxe Edition ' Taiascon Publishing, Loma Linda, Calif (2000) and other sauces in thousands of textbooks. However, it is determined that the optimal effective amount range of the second therapeutic agent is within the capabilities of those skilled in the art. In one embodiment of the administration of a second therapeutic agent to an individual, the effective amount of the present compound is less than the effective amount thereof when the second therapeutic agent is not administered. In another embodiment, the effective amount of the second therapeutic agent is less than the effective amount thereof when it is forked to the compound of the invention. With this #, the undue side effects associated with high doses of any of the agents can be minimized. Other potential advantages, including but not limited to improved dosing regimens and/or reduced drug costs, will be apparent to those skilled in the art. In another aspect, the invention provides the use of Formula A, A1, Bu or B alone or in combination with one or more of the above second therapeutic agents, either in the form of a mono-component or in a separate dosage form. A medicament for treating the above-mentioned disease 35, disorder or symptom of a patient I. The L sample of the present invention is a compound of formula A, A1, I, I having ten η ^, or B, which is used for treating a patient The disease's condition or symptom described herein. 62 201107326 Synthetic Examples The following synthetic examples provide detailed procedures for the preparation of certain compounds of this % d. Those skilled in the art will readily appreciate this. Other procedures for the preparation of the present invention are carried out by using other reagents or intermediates, etc. The prepared compounds are analyzed by NMR, mass spectrometry and elemental analysis of the + 明 ° 兄 兄The IHNMR system is performed on a 30 丨 MHz instrument suitable for determining the enthalpy of enthalpy. Unless otherwise stated, the NMR signal is indicated as indicated in the following examples; Is at least 9〇0/.. Example 1. Synthesis of 3-methyl·7_(methyl τ 基--heart)-1-(5-sided oxyhexyl)-ιη-π 吟-2,6(3//,7//)-dione (Compound ι〇〇). Scheme 1 3 · Preparation of Compound 1 〇〇 and 4 〇 9

…1· 3-甲基-7-(甲基On票呤_2,6(現⑼二丨 51)。加熱 3_f 基黃嗓^s〇(5.〇g,3〇.imm〇i,^4 63 201107326 及粉狀 K2C03( 5.0 g,36.0 mm〇b 12 當量)於 DMF( 95 mL) 中之懸洋液i 6(TC且經由注射器添加峨甲烧_d3(...1· 3-methyl-7-(methyl On 呤_2,6 (present (9) 丨51). Heating 3_f base 嗓 嗓^s〇 (5.〇g, 3〇.imm〇i,^ 4 63 201107326 and powdered K2C03 (5.0 g, 36.0 mm 〇b 12 equivalent) in DMF (95 mL) in suspension of liquid i 6 (TC and added 峨甲烧_d3 via syringe

Isotopes,99.5 原子 %D ’ 2·2 mL,36 〇 随〇1,l 2 當量)。 在8(TC下加熱所得混合物5小時。冷卻反應混合物至室溫 (rt )且在減壓下蒸發DMF。粗殘餘物溶解於5% Na〇H水 吟液(50 mL )中,產生暗黃色溶液。以DCM洗滌水溶液 三次(共50〇mL)。用乙酸(6mL)使水層酸化至pH5, 導致形成棕褐色沈澱物。在冰水浴中冷卻混合物,且將固 體過濾且以冷水洗滌。在真空烘箱中乾燥固體以獲得2.9 g 呈棕褐色固體狀之51。將濾液濃縮至約25 mL且藉由過濾 收集第二批(〇‘7〇 g) 51。51之總產量為3 6 g。粗物質在 未進一步純化的情況下使用。 步驟2‘ 3_曱基·7·(曱基-心)-1-(5-側氧基己基嘌呤 -2,6(3//,7//)-二酮(化合物 1〇〇)β 將粗 51( } 5〇 g,8 2 ⑴则卜 I當量)及粉狀K2C03 ( 2.28 g,16.4 mmo丨,2當量)懸浮 於DMF(3〇 mL)中且加熱至贼。向所得標褐色懸浮液 中添加6 -乳-2 -己酮(52, 1.2 mL,9.0mmol,1.1當量)且 使反應溫度升高至13〇t。在13(rc下繼續加熱2小時,在 此時間期間懸浮液變得更精細且顏色更暗。冷卻反應混合 物至室溫且在減壓下蒸發DMF。將殘餘棕褐色糊狀物懸浮 於EtOAc ( 250 mL )中且過濾以移除不溶性物質。在減壓 下濃縮濾液’產生黃色油狀物。使用Analogix層析系統、 相繼以 100% EtOAc ( 1〇 分鐘)及 〇 至 25% Me〇H/Et〇Ac 之梯度溶離50分鐘來純化粗產物。在減壓下濃縮產物溶離 64 201107326 份以獲得微黃色油狀物,其在靜置數分鐘之後凝固。固體 以庚烧(100 mL)濕磨且過濾以獲得2.00 g呈灰白色固體 狀之 100, mp 101.8-103.CTC。W-NMR (3〇〇 MHz,CDC13): 5 1.64-1.68 (m,4H), 2.15 (s,3H),2.51 (t, J = 7.0,2H),3.57 (s,3H),4.01 (t,J = 7.0,2H),7.52 (s,1H)。l3C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): δ 20.95, 27.41, 29.69, 29.98, 40.80, 43.1 8, 107.63,141.41,148.75,151.45,155.26,208.80。HPLC (方 法:20 mm Cl 8-RP管柱-梯度方法在3.3分鐘内2至95〇/。 ACN + 0.1%曱酸’且在95% ACN下保持1.7分鐘;波長: 254 nm):滯留時間 2.54 分鐘;98.5%純度。MS (M + H): 282.0。元素分析(C13H15D3N403 ):計算值:c = 55.50, H=6.45 Ν=19·92。實驗值:C = 55.58, H=6.48, N=19.76。 歸因於在以上iH-NMR譜中在4.01 ppm處存在三重 蜂,因此相應於嘌呤環之7位(R1 )處之N-甲基上是否存 在氫來判定3.99 ppm周圍是否存在單蜂是不可能的。 實施例2·合成8-A-3-甲基-7-(甲基-心 側氧基己基)-1//-嘌呤-2,6(3//,7//)-二酮(化合物4〇9 )。 8-ί/,-3-曱基-7-(曱基-心)-1-(6-(/3-4-心-5-側氧基己 基)-1//-°票呤- 2,6(3F,7//)-二酮(化合物 409)。將 ι〇〇( ^ g,6.4 mmol ’ 1 當量)及粉狀 K2C03 (0.23 g,1.7 mm〇1 , 0.25 當量)於 D2〇 ( Cambridge Isotope Labs,99 原子。) (45 mL )中之懸浮液在回流條件下攪拌24小時,在此時 間期間懸浮液變為微黃色溶液。冷卻反應混合物至室溫, 65 201107326 以氣化鈉飽和,且以二氣曱烷萃取四次(共400 mL)。經 合併之有機溶液經Na2S04乾燥,過濾,且在減壓下蒸發以 提供1.7 g微黃色油狀物,其在靜置後凝固。用新鮮K2C03 及DjO使粗物質再經受上述氫/氘交換條件。在相同處理之 後’以己烷(1 〇〇 mL )濕磨灰白色固體且過濾以獲得1.6 1 g 呈灰白色固體狀之 409, mp 99.6-99.8。(:。i-NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.64-1.69 (m,4Η),3_57 (s,3Η),4.01 (t,J = 7.0, 2H)。l3C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): (5 21.05, 27.61,29.90, 41.02,107.83,148.99,151.69,155.50,209.28。HPLC (方 法.Waters Atlantis T3 2_lx50 mm 3 μηι C18-RP 管柱-梯度 方法在 14 分鐘内 5_95% ACN + 〇.1〇/o曱酸(! 〇 mL/min), 且在95% ACN下保持4分鐘;波長:254 nm):滯留時間: 3.26分鐘:98%純度。MS (M + H): 288_3。元素分析 (Cl3H9D9N4〇3):計算值:C = 54 35, h=6.31,N=19 5〇。實 驗值:C = 54.36, H = 6.32, N=19.1〇。 值/主思的疋,在以上ijj-NMR譜中不存在以下峰: 2.15 Ppm周圍之單峰,指示不存在曱基酮氫;2 5ι卯爪周 圍之—重峰,指不不存在亞曱基酮氫;及7· 5 2沖爪周圍之 單峰,私不嘌呤環上之編號8位置處不存在氩。歸因於在 以上1H-NMR譜中在4.〇1 ppm處存在三重峰,因此相應於 $ ? %之7位(R)處之N_曱基上是否存在氫來判定3 99 ppm周圍是否存在單峰是不可能的。 實施例3.合成3,7_二(曱基〇1(5_側氧基己基卜⑻ 66 201107326 嘌呤-2,6(3//,7//)-二酮(化合物 101)。 流程14.製備化合物1〇1及413。Isotopes, 99.5 atoms %D ' 2·2 mL, 36 〇 followed by 1, l 2 equivalents). The resulting mixture was heated at 8 (TC) for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature (rt) and DMF was evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was dissolved in 5% Na?H aqueous solution (50 mL) Solution. The aqueous solution was washed three times with DCM (50 mL). The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 5 with acetic acid (6 mL) to give a tan precipitate. The mixture was cooled in an ice water bath and the solid was filtered and washed with cold water. The solid was dried in a vacuum oven to give 2.9 g of 51 as a tan solid. The filtrate was concentrated to about 25 mL and the second crop was obtained by filtration. The total yield of 51 was 51 g. The crude material was used without further purification. Step 2 '3_Mercapto-7((fluorenyl-heart)-1-(5-oxo-oxyhexylindole-2,6(3//,7//) )-Dione (Compound 1〇〇) β Suspension of crude 51 ( } 5〇g, 8 2 (1) and 1 equivalent) and powdered K2C03 ( 2.28 g, 16.4 mmo丨, 2 equivalents) in DMF (3〇mL) And heated to the thief. Add 6-milo-2-hexanone (52, 1.2 mL, 9.0 mmol, 1.1 eq.) to the resulting brown suspension and raise the reaction temperature to 13 〇t. Succession The mixture was heated for 2 hours, during which time the suspension became finer and the color was darker. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and DMF was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residual brown broth was suspended in EtOAc (250 mL) Filtration to remove insoluble material. Concentration of the filtrate under reduced pressure afforded a yellow oil. </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> <RTIgt; The crude product was purified by dissolving for 50 minutes. The product was concentrated under reduced pressure to dissolve a mixture of &lt;RTI ID=0.0&gt;&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&& g, 100, mp 101.8-103. CTC. W-NMR (3 〇〇 MHz, CDC 13): 5 1.64-1.68 (m, 4H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 2.51 (t, J = 7.0, 2H), 3.57 (s, 3H), 4.01 (t, J = 7.0, 2H), 7.52 (s, 1H). l3C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): δ 20.95, 27.41, 29.69, 29.98, 40.80 , 43.1 8, 107.63, 141.41, 148.75, 151.45, 155.26, 208.80. HPLC (Method: 20 mm Cl 8-RP column-gradient method 2 to 95 Torr in 3.3 minutes. ACN + 0.1% citric acid' and maintained at 95% ACN for 1.7 minutes; wavelength: 254 nm): residence time 2.54 minutes; 98.5% purity. MS (M + H): 282.0. Elemental analysis (C13H15D3N403): Calculated: c = 55.50, H = 6.45 Ν = 19.92. Found: C = 55.58, H = 6.48, N = 19.76. Due to the presence of the triple bee at 4.01 ppm in the above iH-NMR spectrum, it is determined whether or not there is a single bee around 3.99 ppm corresponding to the presence or absence of hydrogen on the N-methyl group at the 7th position (R1) of the anthracene ring. possible. Example 2·Synthesis of 8-A-3-methyl-7-(methyl-cardiyloxyhexyl)-1//-嘌呤-2,6(3//,7//)-dione (compound) 4〇9). 8-ί/,-3-mercapto-7-(fluorenyl-heart)-1-(6-(/3-4-heart-5-sideoxyhexyl)-1//-° ticket - 2 , 6(3F,7//)-dione (compound 409). ι〇〇( ^ g, 6.4 mmol ' 1 eq.) and powdered K2C03 (0.23 g, 1.7 mm 〇1, 0.25 eq.) in D2 〇 (Cambridge Isotope Labs, 99 Atom.) The suspension in (45 mL) was stirred under reflux for 24 hours, during which time the suspension became a slightly yellow solution. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, 65 201107326 Saturated and extracted four times with dioxane (400 mL). The combined organic solution was dried over Na 2 EtOAc, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford 1.7 g of a yellow oil which solidified upon standing. The crude material was again subjected to the above hydrogen/hydrazine exchange conditions with fresh K2C03 and DjO. After the same treatment, the ash solid was wet-purified with hexane (1 〇〇mL) and filtered to obtain 1.61 g of 409 as an off-white solid. Mp 99.6-99.8. (:. i-NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.64-1.69 (m, 4 Η), 3_57 (s, 3 Η), 4.01 (t, J = 7.0, 2H). l3C-NMR ( 75 MHz, CDC13): (5 21.05, 27.61, 29.90, 41.02, 1 07.83, 148.99, 151.69, 155.50, 209.28. HPLC (Method. Waters Atlantis T3 2_lx50 mm 3 μηι C18-RP column-gradient method 5_95% ACN + 〇.1〇/o citrate in 14 minutes (! 〇mL/ Min), and maintained at 95% ACN for 4 minutes; wavelength: 254 nm): residence time: 3.26 minutes: 98% purity. MS (M + H): 288_3. Elemental analysis (Cl3H9D9N4〇3): Calculated value: C = 54 35, h = 6.31, N = 19 5 〇. Experimental values: C = 54.36, H = 6.32, N = 19.1 〇. Value / main thinking 疋, the following peaks are absent in the above ijj-NMR spectrum: 2.15 A single peak around Ppm indicates the absence of mercapto ketone hydrogen; the peak around the 5 卯 卯 , , , , , , , , , , , , — — — — — — — — — — — 不 不 不 不 不 不 不 不 不 不 不 不 不 不 不There is no argon at the number 8 position above. Due to the presence of a triplet at 4. 〇 1 ppm in the above 1H-NMR spectrum, it corresponds to the N_ fluorene at 7 (R) of $? It is impossible to determine whether or not there is a single peak around 3 99 ppm by the presence of hydrogen. Example 3. Synthesis of 3,7-di(indolyl 1 (5-sideoxyhexyl) (8) 66 201107326 嘌呤-2,6(3//,7//)-dione (compound 101). Preparation of Compounds 1 and 1 and 413.

1. CD3I 2. MeOH1. CD3I 2. MeOH

ΟΟ

ΗΗ

N HMDS N 甲笨 Η 回流 53N HMDS N 甲笨 Η Reflow 53

ΟΟ

cd3 Ν Κ2〇〇3Cd3 Ν Κ2〇〇3

… … ^ ^ S DMF iD3 回流 101 步驟 1. 3,7-二(曱基-4)-1//-嘌呤-2,6(3//,7//)-二酮 (55 )。加熱黃嘌呤 53 ( 2.00 g,13.2 mmol,1 .〇 當量)及 六曱基二矽氮烷(32 mL)於曱苯(60 mL)中之懸浮液至 回流且攪拌4天。冷卻反應混合物至室溫,再以曱苯(50 mL ) 稀釋且經石夕藻土過爐、以移除任何未反應之起始物質。遽液 在減壓下蒸發至乾以產生呈白色固體狀之54 (4.1 g)。一 部分此物質(3 .〇〇 g )置放於1 〇〇 mL密封管反應容器中, 接著添加曱苯(60 mL)及 CD3I( 4 mL,Cambridge Isotopes, 99·5原子%D )。反應混合物在120°C油浴中加熱且攪拌24 小時’在此時間期間反應混合物變成黃色且形成固體。冷 卻反應混合物至室溫,導致整個反應混合物凝固成黃色固 體。以丙酮(30 mL)及MeOH ( 5 mL)稀釋混合物且在 N2流下過據。以丙酮(1 〇 〇 m L )洗蘇固體’從而移除黃色 67 201107326 以提供灰白色固體。在N2流下過濾乾燥固體以獲得大致i: i 比率之55與單烷基化副產物7-(曱基d3)_黃嘌呤之混合 物。總質量回收率為2.6 g ( 42%粗產率)。歸因於此混合 物之不良溶解性’因此其在未進一步純化之情況下進行後 續處置。 步驟2. 3,7-二(甲基-4)-1-(5-側氧基己基嘴呤 -2,6(3//,7//)·二酮(化合物 )。加熱粗物質 η ( 2.6〇 g, 13·4 mm〇h u當量)及粉狀K2C〇3 ( 2 2〇 g,16爪则卜 1.2當量)於DMF ( 50 mL )中之懸浮液至60t:。向所得棕 褐色懸洋液中添加6-氣-2-己酮52 ( 2.0 mL· , 14.8 mmol,1.1 當2 )且加熱混合物至i 在i 4(rc下繼續加熱4小時, 在此時間期間懸浮液變得更精細且顏色更暗。冷卻反應混 合物至室溫且在減壓下蒸發DMFe所得棕褐色糊狀物懸浮 方、1 ·1 —氣甲烷/乙酸乙酯(200 mL )中且過濾以移除不溶 性物質。在減壓下濃縮濾液,獲得黃棕色油狀物(3.〇 g)。 將此粗反應產物吸附於矽膠上且乾式裝載於填充有丨〇 〇 %二 氣曱院之石夕勝管柱上。管柱卩〇·5% Me〇H/二氣曱院之梯度 ’合離。在減壓下濃縮含有產物之溶離份以獲得〇 75旦黃色 油狀物。謂展示物質純度為約9〇%。使用Α—χ層 析系統、20分鐘内起初以6()% Et〇Ae/庚烧、接著以6〇_刚。/。 EtOAc/庚烷之梯度溶離來進一步純化黃色油狀物。所需產 物溶離約20分鐘。在減壓下濃縮含有產物之溶離份以獲得 〇·55 g ( 16%)呈微黃色油狀之化合物m,其在靜置後凝 ^'H-NMRCBOOMHz^DC,): , 1.64-1.69 (ms4H)52.15 68 201107326 (s,3H),2.51 (t,J = 7.0, 2H),4.02 (t,J = 7.0, 2H), 7.51 (s, 1H) 〇 ,3C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): 5 20.97, 27.43, 29.97, 40.80, 43.19, 107.64, 141.40, 148.78, 151.48, 155.29, 208.77。HPLC (方法:Waters Atlantis T3 2 1χ5〇 麵 3 μηΊ C18-RP管柱-梯度方法在14分鐘内5_95% ACN + 〇丨%曱酸 (1 _0 mL/min ),且在95% ACN + 〇·1%甲酸下保持4分鐘; 波長:305 nm):滯留時間:3.24分鐘:98.6%純度。Ms (Μ + Η): 285.3, (M+Na): 307.2。元素分析(c,3H,2D6N4〇3 ):計算 值:C = 54_92, Η = 6·38, N=19.71。實驗值:C = 54_9〇, H = 6.4〇, Ν=19·50。 值得注意的是,在以上iH_nmr譜中不存在3 57 周圍之單峰,指示嘌呤環之3位置處不存在N_曱基氫。歸 因於在以上1H-NMR譜中在4·01 ppm處存在三重峰,因此 相應於嘌呤環之7位置(Ri )處之N_曱基上是否存在氫來 判疋3.99 ppm周圍是否存在單峰是不可能的。 實施例4.合成8_‘3,7_二(甲基喃)小(44,6,6,6為·5· 側氧基己基)-1//-嘌呤_2 6(3丑,7//)_二酮(化合物413)。 二(甲基-4)-1-(4-心-6-4-5-側氧基已基)_】&quot; 嘌呤-2,6(3//,7/〇-二酮(化合物413)。加熱化合物1〇1( 〇的 g,2.1 mmo1,h0 當量)及粉狀 K2C03( 0.10 g , 0.72 mm〇1 0.30 田量)於 d2〇(15 社,Cambridge Isotopes , 99 原 %D )中之懸浮液且在回流下攪拌丨6小時,、 j期間懸 洋液變為微黃色溶液。冷卻反應混合物至室溫,以氣化鈉 69 201107326 飽和,且以二氣曱烧(200 mL )萃取四次。經合併之有機 萃取物經NaJ〇4乾燥,過濾,且在減壓下濃縮以提供0.53 g微黃色油狀物,其在靜置後凝固。用新鮮粉狀K2C〇3及 DsO使粗反應產物再經受以上反應條件。在相同處理之後, 以己烷(50 mL )濕磨灰白色固體且過濾以獲得〇 45 g( 74% )... ^ ^ S DMF iD3 reflux 101 Step 1. 3,7-Di(indolyl-4)-1//-嘌呤-2,6(3//,7//)-dione (55). A suspension of xanthine 53 (2.00 g, 13.2 mmol, 1. 当量 equivalent) and hexamethylene diazane (32 mL) in decylbenzene (60 mL) was heated to reflux and stirred for 4 days. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with hydrazine (50 mL) and passed through a celite to remove any unreacted starting material. The mash was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to yield 54 (4.1 g). A portion of this material (3.〇〇g) was placed in a 1 〇〇 mL sealed tube reaction vessel followed by the addition of toluene (60 mL) and CD3I (4 mL, Cambridge Isotopes, 99·5 atom% D). The reaction mixture was heated in an oil bath at 120 ° C and stirred for 24 hours. During this time the reaction mixture turned yellow and solid. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, causing the entire reaction mixture to solidify to a yellow solid. The mixture was diluted with acetone (30 mL) and MeOH (5 mL). The solid was washed with acetone (1 〇 〇 m L ) to remove yellow 67 201107326 to provide an off-white solid. The dried solid was filtered under a stream of N2 to afford a mixture of &lt;RTI ID=0.0&gt;&gt; The total mass recovery was 2.6 g (42% crude yield). Due to the poor solubility of this mixture, it was subsequently treated without further purification. Step 2. 3,7-Di(methyl-4)-1-(5-sided oxyhexyl hydrazone-2,6(3//,7//) diketone (compound). Heating crude material η (2.6 〇g, 13·4 mm〇hu equivalent) and a suspension of powdered K2C〇3 (2 2〇g, 16 claws, 1.2 equivalents) in DMF (50 mL) to 60t: to the resulting tan Add 6-gas-2-hexanone 52 (2.0 mL·, 14.8 mmol, 1.1 when 2) to the suspension and heat the mixture to i for 4 hours at i 4 (rc), during which time the suspension becomes Finer and darker in color. Cool the reaction mixture to room temperature and evaporate DMFe under reduced pressure to obtain a brown paste suspension, 1:1 gas methane / ethyl acetate (200 mL) and filter to remove insoluble The material was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a yellow-brown oil (3. g). The crude reaction product was adsorbed on a silica gel and dry-loaded on a stone-filled tube filled with 丨〇〇% 二气曱院. On the column, the column 卩〇·5% Me〇H/the gradient of the two gas enthalpies is separated. The dissolved fraction containing the product is concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a yttrium-yellow yellow oil. 9〇%. Use Α-χ layer The system was further purified by a 6 ()% Et 〇 Ae / hexane over 20 min, followed by a gradient of 6 〇 _ _ EtOAc / heptane to further purify the yellow oil. The desired product was dissolved for about 20 minutes. The product-containing fraction was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a compound m of y·55 g (16%) as a slightly yellow oil, which was allowed to stand after standing to stand for 'H-NMRCBOOMHz^DC,): 1.64-1.69 (ms4H)52.15 68 201107326 (s,3H),2.51 (t,J = 7.0, 2H),4.02 (t,J = 7.0, 2H), 7.51 (s, 1H) 〇,3C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13 ): 5 20.97, 27.43, 29.97, 40.80, 43.19, 107.64, 141.40, 148.78, 151.48, 155.29, 208.77. HPLC (Method: Waters Atlantis T3 2 1χ5〇3 μηΊ C18-RP column-gradient method within 14 minutes) 5_95% ACN + 〇丨% decanoic acid (1 _0 mL/min) and maintained at 95% ACN + 〇·1% formic acid for 4 minutes; Wavelength: 305 nm): Residence time: 3.24 minutes: 98.6% purity. Ms (Μ + Η): 285.3, (M+Na): 307.2. Elemental analysis (c, 3H, 2D6N4〇3): Calculated: C = 54_92, Η = 6.38, N = 19.71. Experimental values: C = 54_9 〇, H = 6.4 〇, Ν = 19.50. It is worth noting that there is no single peak around 3 57 in the above iH_nmr spectrum, indicating that N_mercaptohydrogen is not present at the 3 position of the anthracene ring. Due to the presence of a triplet at 4·01 ppm in the above 1H-NMR spectrum, whether or not there is hydrogen on the N_thiol group at the 7 position (Ri) of the anthracene ring is judged whether there is a single around 3.99 ppm. The peak is impossible. Example 4. Synthesis of 8_'3,7-di(methylamyl) small (44,6,6,6 is ·5· oxohexyl)-1//-嘌呤_2 6 (3 ugly, 7/ /)_dione (compound 413). Di(methyl-4)-1-(4-heart-6-4-5-sided oxyhexyl)_]&quot; 嘌呤-2,6(3//,7/〇-dione (compound 413 Heating compound 1〇1 (g of g, 2.1 mmo1, h0 equivalent) and powdery K2C03 (0.10 g, 0.72 mm〇1 0.30 field) in d2〇 (15, Cambridge Isotopes, 99 original %D) The suspension was stirred and refluxed for 6 hours, and the suspension liquid turned into a yellowish solution during j. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, saturated with sodium carbonate 69 201107326, and extracted with dioxane (200 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with EtOAc EtOAc (EtOAc m. The crude reaction product was again subjected to the above reaction conditions. After the same treatment, the off-white solid was wet-purified with hexane (50 mL) and filtered to give 〇45 g (74%)

呈灰白色固體狀之化合物413,mp 99.2-99.3。(:。j.NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.64-1.71 (m,4Η),4.01 (t j = 7 0 2H)。nC-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): 5 20.85, 27-41, 40.81, 107.63,148.80, 151.50,155.31,209.09°HPLC(方法:WatersCompound 413, mp 99.2-99.3, as a white solid. (:. j. NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.64-1.71 (m, 4 Η), 4.01 (tj = 7 0 2H). nC-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): 5 20.85, 27-41, 40.81 , 107.63, 148.80, 151.50, 155.31, 209.09° HPLC (method: Waters

Atlantis T3 2.1x5 0 mm 3 μηι Cl 8-RP 管柱-梯度方法在 14 分 鐘内 5-95% ACN + 0.1 % 曱酸(1 .〇 mL/min ),且在 95〇/〇 acn + 〇· 1 %甲酸下保持4分鐘;波長:254 nm ):滯留時間:3 25 分鐘:98.7%純度。MS (M + H): 291.3, (M + Na): 3132。 元素分析(Ci3H6D12N4〇3):計算值:c = 53.78,H = 6 25 N=19.30。實驗值:C = 5 3.76, H = 6.3 9, N=19.11。 值得注意的是,在以上iH_NMR譜中不存在以下峰: 2.15 Ppm周圍之單峰,指示不存在甲基酮氫;2.5i p㈣周 圍之三重峰’指示不存在亞甲基_氫;3.57 ppm周圍之單 峰’指示t令環上之3位置處不存在N_f基氮;及75ippm 周圍之單峰’指示Μ環上之㈣8位置處不存在氫。歸 因於在以上,H_NMR譜中在4.01 ppm處存在三重峰’因此 相應於嗓吟環之7位置(Rl)處之N_甲基上是否存在氫來 判定3.99 ppm周圍是否存在單峰是不可能的。 70 201107326 實施例5.合成3·曱基_7_(曱基-心側乾 基己基)-1//-嘌呤-2,6(3孖,7//)-二酮(化合物99)。 流矛i 1 5 ·製備化合物9 9。Atlantis T3 2.1x5 0 mm 3 μηι Cl 8-RP Column-gradient method 5-95% ACN + 0.1 % decanoic acid (1.〇mL/min) in 14 minutes, and at 95〇/〇acn + 〇· Hold for 1 minute under 1% formic acid; Wavelength: 254 nm): Residence time: 3 25 minutes: 98.7% purity. MS (M + H): 291.3, (M + Na): 3132. Elemental analysis (Ci3H6D12N4〇3): Calculated: c = 53.78, H = 6 25 N = 19.30. Experimental values: C = 5 3.76, H = 6.3 9, N = 19.11. It is noteworthy that the following peaks are absent in the above iH_NMR spectrum: 2.15 single peak around Ppm indicating the absence of methylketone hydrogen; 2.5i p (four) surrounding triplet ' indicates the absence of methylene_hydrogen; 3.57 ppm around The single peak ' indicates that there is no N_f base nitrogen at the 3 position on the t ring; and a single peak around 75 ippm indicates that hydrogen is not present at the (4) 8 position on the anthracene ring. Due to the above, there is a triplet at 4.01 ppm in the H_NMR spectrum. Therefore, it is determined whether or not there is a single peak around 3.99 ppm corresponding to the presence or absence of hydrogen on the N-methyl group at the 7 position (Rl) of the anthracene ring. possible. 70 201107326 Example 5. Synthesis of 3·mercapto_7_(fluorenyl-cardiac dry hexyl)-1//-嘌呤-2,6(3孖,7//)-dione (compound 99). Flowing spear i 1 5 · Preparation of compound 9 9 .

步驟1. 5-(3-曱基·7·(曱基-心)_2,3,6,7-四氮-1//-嘌呤 基)-N-甲氧基-N-曱基戊醯胺(58)。加熱51 (1.50 g, 82 mmol’ 1.0當量’關於製備參見實施例丨)及粉狀I&lt;:2C〇3( 18〇 g,12.9 mmol ’ 1.6當量)於DMF ( 40 mL)中之懸浮液至 60°C。添加5-溴-N-曱氧基-N-曱基戊醯胺57 ( 2.21 g,9 8 mmol,1.2 當量,如 〇rg· Lett.,2005,7: 1427-1429 中概述 製備)且在11 〇°C下加熱混合物4小時,在此時間期間懸浮 固體變得更精細且顏色變為棕褐色。冷卻反應混合物至室 溫且在減壓下蒸發DMF。所得棕褐色糊狀物懸浮於! : i CH2C12 .乙酸乙酯(25〇 mL )中且過濾懸浮液以移除不溶性 物質。在減壓下濃縮濾液為黃色油狀物。使用Anai〇gix自 動層析系統、以100% CH2C12歷時8分鐘、接著以40分鐘 71 201107326 内0-5% MeOH/CHzCl2之梯度溶離來純化此粗反應產物。所 需產物溶離約24分鐘。在減壓下濃縮含有產物之溶離份為 微黃色油狀物。該油狀物之iH NMR指示其含有約1〇%未反 應之51。經Analogix自動層析系統、以1〇〇% CH2cl2歷時 10分鐘、接著以50分鐘内〇_5% MeOH/CH2Cl2之梯度溶離 進仃第二次純化容許移除雜質。在減壓下濃縮含有產物之 溶離份為微黃色油狀物,其在靜置時結晶為灰白色固體。 以庚烷(丨00 mL)濕磨固體且過濾以獲得i 29 g ( 49%)呈 灰白色固體狀之58。 步驟2. 3-甲基-7-(曱基-⑸小^/^心+側氧基己 基示呤 _2,6(3//,7//&gt;二酮(化合物 99)。冷卻 58 ( 〇 72 g ’ 2.2 mm〇l ’ u當量)於THF (2〇社)中之懸浮液至2 C且經由注射器以保持溫度低於5。〇之速率逐滴添加於乙 轉中之 1M CD3MgI ( 2.4 mL,2.4 mmol,1.1 當量,Aldrich &gt;99原子%D ) ^在添加期間,混合物變為精細、微黃色懸 洋液。當添加完成時,使反應混合物溫至室溫且攪拌3小 時~部犯合物至2 C且再添加一份CD3MgI溶液(〇.4 mL, 0.4 mmol)。使混合物溫至室溫且再攪拌3小時。以〖Μ hci (4 mL )中止反應且以Η&quot; ( 1〇 mL)稀釋,產生微黃色溶 液其以CHsCh萃取(3χ,2〇〇 mL)。將經合併之有機萃 取物經NaaSO4乾燥,過濾且在減壓下濃縮為黃色油狀物。 使用Anal〇g〗x自動層析系統、以1〇〇% CH2Ci2歷時8分鐘, 且隨後以40分鐘内〇·5% MeOH/CHKh之梯度溶離來純化 粗產物。所需產物首先溶離約22分鐘’接著溶離未反應之 72 201107326 起始物質。在減壓下濃縮含有產物之溶離份為黃色油狀 物,其在靜置後凝固。以己烷(25 mL )濕磨固體且經由真 空過濾收集獲得0.33 g( 53%)呈白色固體狀之化合物99, mp 93.7-94.4。(:。亦收集到含有未反應起始物質之溶離份且 將其濃縮獲得0.21 g呈澄清、無色油狀之58。所回收之物 質再經受以上烷基化反應,在處理及純化之後再獲得0.06 g (33%,以總起始物質計共62%)化合物99,mp 93.3-94.0 X:。】H-NMR (300 MHz,CDC13): (5 1.64-1.68 (m, 4H), 2.50 (t, J = 7.0, 2H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 4.02 (t, J = 7.0, 2H), 7.51 (s, lH)〇 13C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): δ 21.16, 27.65, 29.91, 41.03,43.41, 107.87,141.62,149.00,151.69,1 55.50, 209.12。HPLC (方法:Waters Atlantis T3 2.1x50 mm 3 μηι C 1 8-RP管柱-梯度方法在μ分鐘内5_95〇/〇 acn + 〇. 1 %甲酸 (1 .〇 mL/min ),且在95% ACN + 0· 1 %甲酸下保持4分鐘; 波長:305 nm):滯留時間:3.24分鐘:99 〇0/〇純度。ms (M + H): 285.3, (M+Na): 307.2。元素分析(C^ 3:H丨2〇6&gt;^〇3):計算 值· C-54.92, H=6.38, N=19.71。實驗值:c = 54.85, H = 6.36, N=19_49。 值得注意的是,在以上lH_NMR譜中不存在2丨5 _Step 1. 5-(3-indolyl·7·(fluorenyl-heart)_2,3,6,7-tetrazo-1//-mercapto)-N-methoxy-N-mercapto pentylene Amine (58). Heat 51 (1.50 g, 82 mmol '1.0 equivalents for the preparation see example 丨) and powder I &lt;: 2C 〇 3 (18 〇g, 12.9 mmol '1.6 eq.) in DMF (40 mL) to 60 ° C. Add 5-bromo-N-decyloxy-N-mercaptopurine 57 (2.11 g, 9 8 mmol, 1.2 eq., as outlined in 〇rg. Lett., 2005, 7: 1427-1429) and The mixture was heated at 〇 ° C for 4 hours, during which time the suspended solids became finer and the color turned brown. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and DMF was evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting tan paste is suspended in! : i CH2C12. Ethyl acetate (25 〇 mL) and the suspension was filtered to remove insoluble materials. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to a yellow oil. This crude reaction product was purified using an Anai〇gix automated chromatography system eluting with 100% CH2C12 over 8 min then followed by a gradient of 0-5% MeOH/CHzCl2 over 40 min. The desired product was dissolved for about 24 minutes. The fractions containing the product were concentrated under reduced pressure to a slightly yellow oil. The iH NMR of the oil indicated that it contained about 1% unreacted 51. The second purification was carried out via an Analogix automated chromatography system with 1% CH2Cl2 for 10 minutes followed by a gradient of 〇_5% MeOH/CH2Cl2 over 50 minutes to allow for the removal of impurities. The fractions containing the product were concentrated under reduced pressure to a slightly yellow oil which crystallised as an off-white solid upon standing. The solid was triturated with heptane (EtOAc (EtOAc) EtOAc (EtOAc) Step 2. 3-Methyl-7-(indolyl-(5) small ^/^ core + pendant oxyhexyl oxime 2,6 (3//, 7//&gt; diketone (compound 99). Cooling 58 (〇72 g '2.2 mm〇l 'u equivalent) in THF (2〇社) suspension to 2 C and via syringe to keep the temperature below 5. The rate of 〇 is added dropwise to the 1M CD3MgI in E-turn (2.4 mL, 2.4 mmol, 1.1 eq., Aldrich &gt; 99 atom% D) ^ During the addition, the mixture became a fine, slightly yellow suspension. When the addition was complete, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 3 hours. ~ Part of the compound to 2 C and add a portion of CD3MgI solution (〇.4 mL, 0.4 mmol). Warm the mixture to room temperature and stir for another 3 hours. Stop the reaction with Μhci (4 mL) and Η&quot (1 〇 mL) was diluted to give a yellow-yellow solution which was extracted with CH.sub.sub.3 (3 EtOAc, EtOAc). Anal 〇g x autochromatography system, 1 〇〇% CH2Ci2 over 8 minutes, and then the crude product was purified by gradient elution with 〇·5% MeOH/CHKh over 40 min. Dissolution for about 22 minutes' followed by dissolution of unreacted 72 201107326 starting material. The fractions containing the product were concentrated under reduced pressure to a yellow oil which solidified after standing. The solid was wet-dried with hexane (25 mL) 0.33 g (53%) of Compound 99, mp 93.7-94.4, as a white solid, was obtained by vacuum filtration. (:: The fractions containing the unreacted starting material were also collected and concentrated to give 0.21 g of clarified, colorless. Oily 58. The recovered material was subjected to the above alkylation reaction, and after treatment and purification, 0.06 g (33%, total 62% based on total starting material) of compound 99, mp 93.3-94.0 X: was obtained. H-NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): (5 1.64-1.68 (m, 4H), 2.50 (t, J = 7.0, 2H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 4.02 (t, J = 7.0, 2H) , 7.51 (s, lH) 〇13C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): δ 21.16, 27.65, 29.91, 41.03, 43.41, 107.87, 141.62, 149.00, 151.69,1 55.50, 209.12. HPLC (method: Waters Atlantis T3 2.1 X50 mm 3 μηι C 1 8-RP column-gradient method 5_95〇/〇acn + 〇. 1 % formic acid (1.〇mL/min) in μmin, and under 95% ACN + 0.1% formic acid maintain 4 minutes; Wavelength: 305 nm): Residence time: 3.24 minutes: 99 〇0/〇 purity. Ms (M + H): 285.3, (M+Na): 307.2. Elemental analysis (C^ 3:H丨2〇6&gt;^〇3): Calculated value · C-54.92, H=6.38, N=19.71. Experimental values: c = 54.85, H = 6.36, N = 19_49. It is worth noting that there is no 2丨5 _ in the above lH_NMR spectrum.

二圍之單聲’ i日示不存在曱基酮氫。歸因於在以上lH-NMR 在4 _ 〇 1 ppm處存在二重峰,因此相應於嘌呤環之7位 (R )處之N.甲基上是否存在氫來判定周圍是 否存在單峰是不可能的。 73 201107326 實施例6.合成(±)8-4_1_(4,4,6,6,6-心-5-羥基己基) 曱基- 7-(曱基-c/3)-1//-嘌呤-2,6(3//,7//)-二酮(化合物 419 : 流程1 6.製備化合物419、419(Λ)及419(S)。 ηThe monosynthesis on the second day indicates the absence of decyl ketone hydrogen. Due to the presence of a doublet at 4 _ 〇 1 ppm in the above lH-NMR, it is determined whether or not there is a single peak corresponding to the presence or absence of hydrogen on the N. methyl group at the 7-position (R) of the anthracene ring. possible. 73 201107326 Example 6. Synthesis (±) 8-4_1_(4,4,6,6,6-heart-5-hydroxyhexyl) fluorenyl-7-(fluorenyl-c/3)-1//-嘌呤-2,6(3//,7//)-dione (Compound 419: Scheme 1 6. Preparation of Compounds 419, 419 (Λ) and 419(S). η

NaBH4NaBH4

EtODEtOD

cd3 N /&gt;-〇 N 對掌性 HPLC分離Cd3 N /&gt;-〇 N to palmity HPLC separation

419(S)419(S)

(土)8-β^-1-(4,4,6,6,6-ί/5-5 -羥基己基)-3-曱基-7-(曱基 〇-1好-。票呤-2,6(3//,7//)-二酮(化合物419)。將化合物4〇9 (0.50 g’ 1.7 mmol’ 1.0當量,參見實施例2)溶解於Et〇D (13 mL,Aldrich 99.5 原子 %D)中且添加 NaBH4( 〇 〇7 g , 1.9 mmol,1.1當量)。觀測到溫度自24t增加至mi。在 室溫下攪拌反應2小時’隨後藉由添加〇2〇 ( 3〇 mL ,(soil) 8-β^-1-(4,4,6,6,6-ί/5-5-hydroxyhexyl)-3-indolyl-7-(mercaptopurine-1 good-. 2,6(3//,7//)-dione (compound 419). Compound 4〇9 (0.50 g' 1.7 mmol' 1.0 eq., see Example 2) was dissolved in Et 〇D (13 mL, Aldrich 99.5 atomic % D) and NaBH4 (〇〇7 g, 1.9 mmol, 1.1 eq.) was added. The temperature was observed to increase from 24t to mi. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, then by adding 〇2〇 (3〇) mL ,

Cambridge Isotope Labs,99原子%D )中止。形成白色懸浮 液’其以MTBE萃取(4χ,共200 mL)。將經合併之有機 萃取物經NaJCU乾燥,過濾且在減壓下濃縮為澄清、無色 油狀物(0.45 g)。藉由矽膠層析、首先以1%Me〇H/cH2Cl2、 接著以1-5% MeOH/CH^Cl2之梯度溶離來純化粗產物。在減 壓下濃縮含有產物之溶離份獲得(0.41 g,83%)呈澄产無 74 201107326 色油狀之化合物419,其在靜置時凝固β 實施例7.對掌性分離⑻κ小(4,4,6,6,6_心_5羥基 己基)-3 -曱基·7_(甲基0-1好-嘌吟-2,6(3//,7//)-二酮(化合 物419(i?))與⑺小(4,4,6,6,6n經基己基)_3甲基 -7-(甲基-心)-1仏嘌呤_2,6(3//,7的·二酮(化合物419(^)。 分離化合物419之對映異構體。將自以上實施例6獲 付之化合物419 ( 0.38 g)溶解於最少量之iPr〇H ( 6 mL, HPLC級’需要加熱)中且以己烷(4 mL,HPLC級)稀釋。 使用配備有製備型Daicd Chiralpak ad管柱(20x250 mm ) 之Waters HPLC系統達成對映異構體分離。在操作之第一 分鐘中’移動相為80%己烷及2〇% iPr〇H以及〇丨%二乙 胺。在第一分鐘之後,使用15分鐘内達到己烷及25% ΐΡΓ〇Η以及0.1%二乙胺之梯度,接著在18 mL/min之流動 速率下保持此溶劑比率歷時π分鐘。此方法導致419(幻首 先溶離(21.0分鐘),接著419〇y)溶離(μ」分鐘)的基 線为離。在減壓下濃縮含有各對映異構體之溶離份獲得各 自〇.16g之呈灰白色固體狀之419(/?)(⑺口 ι〇7 81〇8 8〇c ) 及 419(51) ( mp l〇8.3-l〇8.4°C )。 A) · (/?)-8-4-1-(4,4,6,6,6-4-5-羥基己基)_3-曱基-7-(甲 基 嗓呤-2,6(3//,7//)-二酮(化合物 419W)。Ιη·νμιι (300 MHz, CDCI3): (5 1.36-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.74 (m, 3H),3.58 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 1H),4.02 (t,J = 7.3,2H)。 13C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): d 22.70, 2 7.86, 29.7 1,41.14, 75 201107326Cambridge Isotope Labs, 99 Atomic D) discontinued. A white suspension was formed which was extracted with MTBE (4 Torr, 200 mL total). The combined organic extracts were dried with EtOAc EtOAc m. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography, first eluting with 1% <RTI ID=0.0></RTI> </RTI> <RTIgt; </RTI> <RTIgt; Concentration of the product-containing fractions under reduced pressure afforded (0.41 g, 83%) of compound 419, which was obtained as a colorless oil, and was solidified in the form of a solid oil. ,4,6,6,6_heart_5 hydroxyhexyl)-3 -mercapto-7-(methyl 0-1-purine-2,6(3//,7//)-dione (compound) 419(i?)) and (7) small (4,4,6,6,6n via hexyl)_3 methyl-7-(methyl-heart)-1仏嘌呤_2,6(3//,7 Diketone (Compound 419(^). The enantiomer of compound 419 was isolated. Compound 419 (0.38 g) from Example 6 above was dissolved in a minimum amount of iPr〇H (6 mL, HPLC grade It was heated and diluted with hexane (4 mL, HPLC grade). Enantiomeric separation was achieved using a Waters HPLC system equipped with a preparative Daicd Chiralpak ad column (20 x 250 mm). In the first minute of operation 'The mobile phase is 80% hexane and 2% iPr〇H and 〇丨% diethylamine. After the first minute, the gradient of hexane and 25% hydrazine and 0.1% diethylamine is reached in 15 minutes. This solvent ratio was then maintained at a flow rate of 18 mL/min for π minutes. The baseline of 419 (magic first dissolving (21.0 min), followed by 419 〇y) dissolving (μ" min) was separated. The fractions containing the respective enantiomers were concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the respective 〇.16 g of grayish white. Solid 419 (/?) ((7) 〇 〇 7 81 〇 8 8 〇 c) and 419 (51) (mp l 〇 8.3-l 〇 8.4 ° C). A) · (/?)-8-4 1-(4,4,6,6,6-4-5-hydroxyhexyl)_3-indolyl-7-(methylindole-2,6(3//,7//)-dione ( Compound 419W).Ιη·νμιι (300 MHz, CDCI3): (5 1.36-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.74 (m, 3H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 1H), 4.02 ( t, J = 7.3, 2H) 13C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): d 22.70, 2 7.86, 29.7 1,41.14, 75 201107326

67.66, 107.66, 148.78, 15 1.54, 155.40。HPLC(方法:Waters Atlantis T3 2.1x5 0 mm 3 μηι Cl 8-RP 管柱-梯度方法在 14 分 鐘内 5-95% ACN + 0.1% 曱酸(1.〇 mL/min),且在 95% ACN + 0.1 %曱酸下保持4分鐘;波長:254 nm ):滯留時間:3 26 分鐘:99.9%純度。對掌性 HPLC(方法:Chiralpak AD 25 cm 官柱-寺度方法在1 ·〇〇 mL/min下78%己院/22%異丙醇 /0·01 %—乙胺歷時40分鐘;波長:254 nm ):滞留時間: 27.51分鐘(主要對映異構體);3119分鐘(次要對映異 構體之預期值)·· &gt;99.9% ee純度。MS (M + H): 290 1 (M + Na): 312.3。元素分析(Cl3HuD9N4〇3):計算值: 053.97,Η = 6·97,N = 19.36。實驗值:〇54.39,H = 7.11, N=1 8.98。 值得注意的是,在以上ih_nmr譜中不存在以下峰 1.19 ppm周圍之峰,指示相對於羥基之α位不存在曱基氫 及7.51 ppm周圍之單峰,指示以環上之編號㈠立置處? 存在氫。歸因於在以上lH_NMR譜中存在136_15()啊肩 之多重峰及4.01 ppm處之三重峰,因此相應於相對於㈣ 之α位是否存在亞甲基氫來判定151啊處是否存在❹ 及相應於嗓呤環之7位置以1)處之N-甲基上是否存在! 來判定3.99 Ppm周圍是否存在單峰是不可能的。 B) _ (5)-8-4-1-(4,4,6,6,6-〇f5-5-經基己基)-3-甲基_7_(甲 基-灿! //-嗓吟-2,6(風7//)·二酮(化合物41明)。1h_nmr (3〇〇 MHz, GDC,): , 1.4m.48 (m? 2H)&gt; t 64-1 ?2 (mj 3H),3.58 (s,3H), 3.79 (s,1H),4 〇2 (t,】=7 4, 2h)。 76 201107326 l3C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): (5 22.70, 27.86, 29.71, 41.1 5, 67.66, 107.67, 148.78, 15 1.54, 155.41。HPLC (方法:Waters Atlantis T3 2.1x50 mm 3 μιη Cl 8-RP 管柱-梯度方法在 1 4 分 鐘内 5-95% ACN + 0.1%甲酸(1.0 rnL/min),且在 95% ACN + 0· 1 %甲酸下保持4分鐘;波長:254 nm ):滞留時間:3.26 分鐘:99.9%純度。對掌性^^1^(方法:(:1^31?31&lt;八〇25(^ 管柱-等度方法在1·〇〇 mL/min下78%己烷/22%異丙醇 / 0.0 1 %二乙胺歷時4 0分鐘;波長:2 5 4 n m ) ··滯留時間: 31.19分鐘(主要對映異構體);27.51分鐘(次要對映異 構體之預期值):&gt;99.9% ee 純度。MS (M + H): 290.1, (M+Na): 312.3。元素分析(Ci3HmD9N4〇3):計算值: C = 53,97, Η=6·97, N=i9.36。實驗值:c = 54 35, h = 7 28, N=1 8.75。 ’ 值仔注意的是,在以上丨H.NMR譜中不存在以下峰. 1.19卿周圍之峰,指㈣對於絲存在曱 :7.51啊周圍之單峰,指示。票吟環上之編號8位置處^ 存在氮。歸因於在以上心败譜中存在丨置二不 之多重峰及4 m 考+ _ PPm處 …是否存在亞甲二:判重: 及相應於。票吟環之7位置(Rl;:.51PPm處疋否存在峰以 來判定〜周圍是否=)單=基上是否 仔在早峰是不可能的。 實施例8.合成(±)8 基)_3_甲基~7·(曱基 1-(4,4,5,6,6,6-心-5 呤-2,6(3//,7//)-二酉同 ••羥基己 (化合物 77 201107326 435 )。 流程17.製備化合物435、435(/〇及435(51) »67.66, 107.66, 148.78, 15 1.54, 155.40. HPLC (Method: Waters Atlantis T3 2.1x5 0 mm 3 μηι Cl 8-RP column-gradient method 5-95% ACN + 0.1% decanoic acid (1. 〇mL/min) in 14 minutes, and at 95% ACN + 0.1% niobic acid for 4 minutes; wavelength: 254 nm): residence time: 3 26 minutes: 99.9% purity. For palmar HPLC (method: Chiralpak AD 25 cm official column - temple method at 1 · 〇〇 mL / min 78% hexane / 22% isopropyl alcohol / 0. 01% - ethylamine for 40 minutes; wavelength: 254 nm): residence time: 27.51 minutes (main enantiomer); 3119 minutes (expected value of minor enantiomer) ·· &gt; 99.9% ee purity. MS (M + H): 290 1 (M + Na): 312.3. Elemental analysis (Cl3HuD9N4〇3): Calculated: 053.97, Η = 6.97, N = 19.36. Found: 〇54.39, H = 7.11, N=1 8.98. It is worth noting that there is no peak around 1.19 ppm in the above ih_nmr spectrum, indicating that there is no thiol hydrogen and a single peak around 7.51 ppm relative to the alpha position of the hydroxyl group, indicating the number on the ring (a) standing ? There is hydrogen. Due to the presence of a multiple peak of 136_15() shoulder and a triplet at 4.01 ppm in the above lH_NMR spectrum, it is determined whether or not 151 is present at 151, corresponding to the presence or absence of methylene hydrogen in the α position of (4). It is impossible to determine whether a single peak exists around 3.99 Ppm at the 7 position of the 嗓呤 ring and whether it exists on the N-methyl group at 1). B) _ (5)-8-4-1-(4,4,6,6,6-〇f5-5-ylhexyl)-3-methyl_7_(methyl-can! //-嗓吟-2,6 (wind 7//)·dione (compound 41). 1h_nmr (3〇〇MHz, GDC,): , 1.4m.48 (m? 2H)&gt; t 64-1 ?2 ( Mj 3H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 1H), 4 〇 2 (t, = 7 4, 2h). 76 201107326 l3C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): (5 22.70, 27.86, 29.71, 41.1 5, 67.66, 107.67, 148.78, 15 1.54, 155.41. HPLC (Method: Waters Atlantis T3 2.1x50 mm 3 μη Cl 8-RP column-gradient method 5-95% ACN + 0.1% in 14 minutes Formic acid (1.0 rnL/min) and maintained at 95% ACN + 0.1% formic acid for 4 minutes; wavelength: 254 nm): residence time: 3.26 minutes: 99.9% purity. For palmity ^^1^ (method: (:1^31?31&lt;eight 〇25 (^ tube column - isocratic method at 1·〇〇mL/min 78% hexane / 22% isopropanol / 0.0 1% diethylamine for 40 minutes; Wavelength: 2 5 4 nm ) ··Retention time: 31.19 minutes (main enantiomer); 27.51 minutes (expected value of minor enantiomer): &gt;99.9% ee Purity. MS (M + H ): 290.1, (M+Na): 312.3. Elemental analysis (Ci3HmD9N4〇3): calculation Value: C = 53,97, Η = 6.97, N = i9.36. Experimental values: c = 54 35, h = 7 28, N = 1.75. ' The value is noted above, above H. There are no peaks in the NMR spectrum. 1.19 Peak around the peak, refers to (4) for the presence of silk: 单 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 There are multiple peaks in the spectrum and 4 m test + _ PPm... Is there a sub-two: the weight: and corresponding to the 7 position of the ticket ring (Rl;:.51PPm since there is a peak) It is impossible to determine whether or not the surrounding =) single = base is in the early peak. Example 8. Synthesis (±) 8 base) _3_methyl ~ 7 · (曱基1-(4,4,5, 6,6,6-heart-5 呤-2,6(3//,7//)-dioxatong••hydroxyl (compound 77 201107326 435 ). Scheme 17. Preparation of Compounds 435, 435 (/〇 and 435 (51) »

(±)8-«^/-1-(4,4,5,6,6,6-心-5-經基己基)-3 -曱基-7-(甲基 〇 1 //-嘌呤-2,6 (3 //,7 //)-二酮(化合物4 3 5 )。向化合物4 〇 9 (0.50 g’ 1.7 mmol’ 1.0 當量)於 EtOD( 13 mL,Aldrich 99.5 原子%〇)之溶液中添加NaBD4 ( 0.08 g,1.9 mmol,Μ當 量 ’ Cambridge Isotope Labs,99 原子 %D )。觀測到溫度自 24°C增加至27°C。在室溫下攪拌反應2小時,隨後藉由添 加 D20 ( 30 mL) ( Cambridge Isotope,99 原子 %d)中止。 形成白色懸浮液,其以MTBE萃取(4x,共200 mL )。將 經合併之有機萃取物經Na2S〇4乾燥,過濾且在減壓下浪縮 為澄清、無色油狀物(0.45 g )。藉由矽膠層析、首先以i % MeOH/CH2Cl2、接著以 i-5% MeOH/CH2Cl2i梯度溶離來純 化粗產物。在減壓下濃縮含有產物之溶離份獲得〇.4〇 g (8 1 °/Q )呈澄清無色油狀之化合物435,其在靜置時凝固。 78 201107326 實施例9.對掌性分離(及)5羥基 己基)-3 -甲基-7·(曱基嘌呤_2,6(3孖,7丑)_二酮(化合 物 435(/〇)與(5)-8-4-1-(4,4,5,6,6,6-^-5-羥基己基)-3-曱基 -7-(曱基-心)-1仏嘌呤_2,6(37/,7丑)-二酮(化合物435(51))。 分離化合物435之對映異構體。將自以上實施例8獲 得之化合物435 ( 0.32 g)溶解於最少量之iPr〇H ( 5 mL, HPLC級’需要加熱)中且以己烷(4紅,HPLC級)稀釋。 使用配備有製備型Daicel Chiralpak AD管柱(20x250 mm ) 之Waters HPLC系統達成對映異構體分離。在操作之第一 分鐘中’移動相為80%己烷及20% iPr〇H以及0.1 %二乙 胺。在第一分鐘之後’使用1 5分鐘内達到75%己烷及25% iPrOH以及〇. 1 〇/〇一乙胺之梯度’接著在1 8 mL/min之流動 速率下保持此溶劑比率歷時1 7分鐘。此方法導致化合物 435(i?)首先溶離(21.9分鐘),接著化合物435(5&quot;)溶離(25.2 分鐘)的基線分離。在減壓下濃縮含有各對映異構體之溶 離份獲得各自0.12 g之呈灰白色固體狀之435(7?) ( mp 1〇8.0-1〇8·Γ(:)及 435〇S) (mp 107.6-107.7。(:)。 Α) . (Λ)-8-心-1-(4,4,5,6,6,6-^-5-羥基己基)-3-曱基 -7-(曱基嘌呤·2,6(3/7,7//)-二酮(化合物 435(/?))。 'H-NMR (3〇〇 MHz, CDC13): (5 1.40-1.48 (m, 3H), 1-66-1.70 (m,2H),3.58 (s,3H),4.02 (t,J = 7.5,2H)。 13C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): 5 22.66, 27.86, 29.71, 41.15, 107.67,148.80,151.54,155.41。HPLC (方法:Waters 79 201107326(±)8-«^/-1-(4,4,5,6,6,6-heart-5-ylhexyl)-3-mercapto-7-(methyl〇1 //-嘌呤- 2,6 (3 //,7 //)-dione (compound 4 3 5 ). To compound 4 〇9 (0.50 g' 1.7 mmol' 1.0 eq) in EtOD (13 mL, Aldrich 99.5 atom% 〇) NaBD4 (0.08 g, 1.9 mmol, Μ equivalent 'Cambridge Isotope Labs, 99 atomic % D) was added to the solution. The temperature was observed to increase from 24 ° C to 27 ° C. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, followed by addition. D20 (30 mL) (Cambridge Isotope, 99 Atomic % d) was discontinued. A white suspension was formed which was extracted with MTBE (4×, a total of 200 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na 2 〇 4, filtered and reduced The pressure was reduced to a clear, colorless oil (0.45 g). The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with i% MeOH/CH2Cl2 followed by i-5% MeOH/CH2Cl2i gradient. Concentration of the product-containing fractions gave 435.4〇g (8 1 °/Q) as a clear, colorless oil of compound 435 which solidified upon standing. 78 201107326 Example 9. Separation of palms (and) 5 hydroxyl groups Hexyl)-3-methyl-7·(曱嘌呤_2,6(3孖,7 ugly)_dione (compound 435(/〇) and (5)-8-4-1-(4,4,5,6,6,6-^-5- Hydroxyhexyl)-3-mercapto-7-(indolyl-heart)-1仏嘌呤_2,6(37/,7 ugly)-dione (compound 435(51)). Separation of the dimerization of compound 435 The compound 435 (0.32 g) obtained from Example 8 above was dissolved in a minimum amount of iPr〇H (5 mL, HPLC grade required heating) and diluted with hexane (4 red, HPLC grade). Enantiomer separation was achieved with a Waters HPLC system equipped with a preparative Daicel Chiralpak AD column (20 x 250 mm). The mobile phase was 80% hexane and 20% iPr〇H and 0.1% in the first minute of operation. Ethylamine. After the first minute 'Use 75% hexane and 25% iPrOH and 梯度. 1 〇 / 〇 monoethylamine gradient' then maintain this solvent at a flow rate of 18 mL / min The ratio lasted for 17 minutes. This method resulted in the first dissolution of compound 435 (i?) (21.9 minutes) followed by baseline separation of compound 435 (5&quot;) dissolution (25.2 minutes). The aliquots containing the respective enantiomers were concentrated under reduced pressure to give each of 0.12 g of 435 (7?) (mp 1 〇 8.0-1 〇8·Γ(:) and 435 〇S) as an off-white solid ( Mp 107.6-107.7.(:). Α) . (Λ)-8-heart-1-(4,4,5,6,6,6-^-5-hydroxyhexyl)-3-indolyl-7- (曱基嘌呤·2,6(3/7,7//)-dione (compound 435(/?)). 'H-NMR (3〇〇MHz, CDC13): (5 1.40-1.48 (m, 3H), 1-66-1.70 (m, 2H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 4.02 (t, J = 7.5, 2H). 13C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): 5 22.66, 27.86, 29.71, 41.15 , 107.67, 148.80, 151.54, 155.41. HPLC (Method: Waters 79 201107326

Atlantis Τ3 2·1χ50 mm 3gmC18-RP 管柱-梯度方法在 μ 分 鐘内 5-95% ACN + 0.1 % 曱酸(1 .〇 mL/min ),且在 95% ACN + 0.1 %甲酸下保持4分鐘;波長:254 nm):滯留時間:3.25 分鐘:99.8%純度。對掌性 HPLC(方法:Chiralpak AE&gt; 25 cm 管柱-等度方法在1.00 mL/min下78%己烷/22%異丙醇 /0.01%二乙胺歷時40分鐘;波長:254 nm):滞留時間: 27.24分鐘(主要對映異構體);31.n分鐘(次要對映異 構體之預期值):&gt;99.9% 純度。MS (M + H): 291 3 (M+Na): 313.2。元素分析(Cl3Hi()Di()N4〇3):計算值: C = 53.78,Η = 6·94,Ν=19·30。實驗值:〇54〇1,h = 7〇7, N = 1 8 · 9 0 〇 值得注意的是,在以上丨H_NMR譜中不存在以下峰 丨.19 ppm周圍之峰’指示相對於經基之α位不存在甲基氮 3.8。PPm周圍之峰,指示次甲基經基位置處不存在氫二 Ί PPm周圍之單峰’指示。票呤環上之編號“立置處… 在氫。歸因於在以上丨H-NMR碰中左* !以,广 夕各欠 K。曰中存在+ ?1)111處:; 夕重,及4.01 ppm處之三重峰,因此相應於相對於經基: α位是否存在亞甲基鱼央主丨# , sz料υ.51卿處是否存在 相應於°票°令環之7位置(R1)處之N-甲基上是否存在氮: 判定3_99Ppm周圍是否存在單峰是不可能的。 &quot; B ).(夕)U/-1 - (4 : ·*» V,’5,6’6,6-〇^-5-羥基己基)·3· -7-(甲基- 嘌呤·2 ,6(3i/,7//)-二酮(化合物 43Sm) Ή-NMR (300 MHz, CDC1 V ^ (Atlantis Τ3 2·1χ50 mm 3gmC18-RP Column-gradient method 5-95% ACN + 0.1 % decanoic acid (1.〇mL/min) in μ minutes and kept for 4 minutes under 95% ACN + 0.1 % formic acid ; Wavelength: 254 nm): Residence time: 3.25 minutes: 99.8% purity. For palmar HPLC (method: Chiralpak AE > 25 cm column - isocratic method at 1.00 mL/min 78% hexane / 22% isopropanol / 0.01% diethylamine for 40 minutes; wavelength: 254 nm): Residence time: 27.24 minutes (major enantiomer); 31. n minutes (expected value of minor enantiomer): &gt; 99.9% purity. MS (M + H): 291 3 (M+Na): 313.2. Elemental analysis (Cl3Hi()Di() N4〇3): Calculated: C = 53.78, Η = 6.94, Ν = 19.30. Experimental values: 〇54〇1, h = 7〇7, N = 1 8 · 9 0 〇 It is worth noting that the following peaks are absent in the above 丨H_NMR spectrum. The peak around 19 ppm indicates the relative basis There is no methyl nitrogen 3.8 in the alpha position. A peak around PPm indicating that there is no single peak indication around the hydrogen dihydrazide PPm at the methine radical position. The number on the ticket ring is "stand-up... in hydrogen. Due to the above-mentioned 丨H-NMR hitting the left*!, the eve of each of the eves is K. There is +?1 in the 1111) 111;; And the triplet at 4.01 ppm, thus corresponding to the presence or absence of methylene fish in the alpha group: the presence of methylene fish 丨#, sz υ.51 卿 是否 是否 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 Whether nitrogen is present on the N-methyl group: It is impossible to determine whether there is a single peak around 3_99Ppm. &quot; B ). (夕) U/-1 - (4 : ·*» V, '5,6' 6,6-〇^-5-hydroxyhexyl)·3· -7-(methyl-嘌呤·2,6(3i/,7//)-dione (compound 43Sm) Ή-NMR (300 MHz, CDC1 V ^ (

,62 , Cl3)· &quot; (m, 3H ^62-172 ^ (s, 3H), 4,3 (t, ,.7,5 2H)e 80 201107326 13C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): &lt;5 22.69, 27.90, 29.70, 41.17, 107.69,148.82,151.58,1 55.43。HPLC (方法:Waters Atlantis T3 2.1x50 mm 3 μιη C18-RP 管枉-梯度方法在 14 分 鐘内 5-95% ACN + 0.1%曱酸(l.o mL/min),且在 95% ACN + 0.1%曱酸下保持4分鐘;波長:254 nm):滯留時間·· 3.25 分鐘:99.5%純度。對掌性 HPLC(方法:Chiralpak AD 25 cm 管柱-等度方法在1.00 mL/min下78%己烷/22%異丙醇 /0.01 %二乙胺歷時40分鐘;波長:254 nm):滯留時間: 31.11分鐘(主要對映異構體);27.24分鐘(次要對映異 構體之預期值):&gt;99.9% ee 純度。MS (M + H)· 291.3, (M + Na): 313.2。元素分析:計算值: C = 53·78’ H=6·94, N=19.3〇。實驗值:C = 54.01,H = 7.H, N=18.78。 值得'主思的是’在以上1H-NMR譜中不存在以下峰: ⑶啊關之峰,指⑼對於«之α Μ存在曱基氫; 3.8〇PPm胃圍之峰,指示次甲基Μ基位置處不存在氮;及 7.5 1 ppm周圍之單峰,指 * ^ °示°?锿上之編號8位置處不存 在虱。歸因於在以上1Η χτΑ/ΓΤ&gt; $_譜中存在1.36-1.50 ppm虛之 多重峰及4.01 ppm處之 PPm處之 一重峰’因此相應於相對&amp;纟A «位是否存在亞甲基氫來 t於良基之 ^ ^ 疋1,51 PPm處是否存在嵝以及 相應於嘌呤環之7位置Γ p丨、上 任峰以及 )處之N-甲基上是否农少鸟办 判定3.&quot;啊周^否存在科是柯能的存在風來 實施例10.合成 rf/·3,7-二甲基 _1_(4,4,6,6,6-i/s-5 側 81 201107326 氧基己基)-1//-嘌呤-2,6(3丑,7//)-二酮(化合物407 )。 » 流程1 8.製備化合物407、437、437(及)及437(51)。,62, Cl3)· &quot; (m, 3H ^62-172 ^ (s, 3H), 4,3 (t, ,.7,5 2H)e 80 201107326 13C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): &lt;;5 22.69, 27.90, 29.70, 41.17, 107.69,148.82,151.58,1 55.43. HPLC (Method: Waters Atlantis T3 2.1x50 mm 3 μιη C18-RP tube-gradient method 5-95% ACN + 0.1 in 14 minutes % decanoic acid (lo mL/min) and maintained at 95% ACN + 0.1% citric acid for 4 minutes; wavelength: 254 nm): residence time · 3.25 minutes: 99.5% purity. Palmitic HPLC (method: Chiralpak AD 25 cm column-isocratic method at 1.00 mL/min 78% hexane/22% isopropanol/0.01% diethylamine for 40 minutes; wavelength: 254 nm): retention time: 31.11 minutes (mainly mapped Isomer); 27.24 minutes (expected value of minor enantiomer): &gt; 99.9% ee Purity. MS (M + H) · 291.3, (M + Na): 313.2. Elemental analysis: Calculated value: C = 53·78' H=6·94, N=19.3〇. Experimental values: C = 54.01, H = 7.H, N = 18.78. It is worthwhile to think that 'does not exist in the above 1H-NMR spectrum The following peaks: (3) The peak of Ah Guan, refers to (9) the presence of sulfhydryl hydrogen for «αα ;; 3.8〇PPm the peak of stomach circumference, Indicates that no nitrogen is present at the position of the methine sulfhydryl group; and a single peak around 7.5 1 ppm means that there is no 虱 at the number 8 position on the ^ ° 虱 归因 归因 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱 虱There is a 1.6-1.50 ppm imaginary multiple peak in the spectrum and a heavy peak at the PPm at 4.01 ppm'. Therefore, it corresponds to the relative &AA position of the presence of methylene hydrogen to the base of ^^ 疋1,51 Whether there is 嵝 at the PPm and whether it corresponds to the 7-position Γp丨, Shangrenfeng, and the N-methyl group at the 嘌呤 ring, whether it is a farmer or a bird. 3.&quot;Ah week ^No existence is the existence of Ke Neng Example 10. Synthesis of rf/·3,7-dimethyl_1_(4,4,6,6,6-i/s-5 side 81 201107326 oxyhexyl)-1//-嘌呤-2, 6 (3 ugly, 7//)-dione (compound 407). » Scheme 1 8. Preparation of Compounds 407, 437, 437 (and) and 437 (51).

對掌性 HPLC分離Palm separation

8-心-3,7-二曱基-1-(4,4,6,6,6-c?5-5-側氧基己基)-1//-嘌 呤-2,6(3//,7//)-二酮(化合物 407)。加熱市售 59 ( 7.95 g, 28.6 mmol)及碳酸鉀(990 mg,7.2 mmol)於 d20( 195 mL,8-Heart-3,7-dimercapto-1-(4,4,6,6,6-c?5-5-oxooxyhexyl)-1//-嘌呤-2,6(3// , 7//)-dione (compound 407). Commercially available 59 ( 7.95 g, 28.6 mmol) and potassium carbonate (990 mg, 7.2 mmol) in d20 (195 mL,

Cambridge Isotopes’ 99.9原子%〇)中之混合物至回流歷時 24小時。懸浮之固體逐漸溶解’獲得黃色溶液。冷卻溶液 至約40 C且在減廢下濃縮為棕褐色固體。將固體溶解於 (1 95 mL )中且再加熱溶液至回流歷時24小時。冷卻溶液 。添加乙酸乙酯(200 見合物0.5小時。濾出不溶性物質 黃色固體,將其以MTBE ( 40 mL ) 呈灰白色固體狀之化合物407。 至室溫且在減壓下濃縮為棕褐色固體 mL )且在約4〇°C下攪拌混合物〇 5 ,」 且在減壓下濃縮濾液為淺黃色固體,」 濕磨獲得7.5 g ( 93%)呈灰白辛固 82 201107326 'H-NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): (5 1.64-1.68 (m, 4H), 3.57 (s 3H),3.99 (s,3H),3_99·4·04 (m,2H)。13C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): (5 20.84,27.40,29.69,33.57,40.81, 107.62 148.77,151.48,155.28,209.07。HPLC (方法:Waters Atlantis T3 2·1χ50 mm 3 μηι C18-RP 管柱-梯度方法在 14 分The mixture in Cambridge Isotopes' 99.9 atomic 〇) was refluxed for 24 hours. The suspended solid gradually dissolved to obtain a yellow solution. The solution was cooled to about 40 C and concentrated to a tan solid under reduced waste. The solid was dissolved in (1 95 mL) and the solution was reheated to reflux for 24 hours. Cool the solution. Ethyl acetate (200 </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> The mixture was stirred at about 4 ° C for 5 ,, and the filtrate was concentrated to a pale yellow solid under reduced pressure. </ RTI> 7.5 g (93%) was obtained as a white ash solid 82 201107326 'H-NMR (300 MHz, CDC13 ): (5 1.64-1.68 (m, 4H), 3.57 (s 3H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3_99·4·04 (m, 2H). 13C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): (5 20.84 , 27.40, 29.69, 33.57, 40.81, 107.62 148.77, 151.48, 155.28, 209.07. HPLC (Method: Waters Atlantis T3 2·1χ50 mm 3 μηι C18-RP column-gradient method at 14 points

鐘内 5-95% ACN + 0.1% 曱酸(i.o mL/min),且在 95% ACN + 0.1 %曱酸下保持4分鐘;波長:3 0 5 n m ):滞留時間:3 2 4 分鐘:99.9%純度。MS (M + H): 285.3, (M + Na): 307.2。 元素分析(C13H12D6N403 ):計算值:C = 54.92, H=6.38, Ν=19·71。實驗值:054.89, Η = 6·38, N=19.70。 值得注意的是,在以上1H-NMR譜中不存在以下峰: 2.15 ppm周圍之單峰,指示不存在曱基酮氫;2·51 ppm周 圍之三重峰,指示不存在亞曱基酮氫;及7.52 pprn周圍之 單峰’指示嘌呤環上之編號8位置處不存在氫。 實施例 11.合成(±)8-c//-l-(4,4,5,6經基己 基)-3,7·二曱基-1Η-嘌呤-2,6(3Η,7Η)-二酮(化合物 437 )。 (±)8-3/-1-(4,4,5,6,6,6-^-5-經基己基)-3,7-二曱基-1^^- °票呤-2,6(311,71^-二酮(化合物437 )。在0。(:下,將硼氘化 納(1.06 g’ 25.3 mmol,Cambridge Isotopes,99 原子。/〇D ) 添加至 407( 6.5 g,22.9 mmol )於乙醇-di( 65 mL,Aldrich, 9 Q c 原子°/〇D )中之懸浮液中。使混合物溫至室溫且攪拌直 至已出現澄清溶液(約1小時)。以氣化銨-d4 ( Cambridge Is〇t〇pes,98 原子%〇)於 D20 ( 8 mL,Cambridge Isotope, 83 201107326 99.9原子%〇)中之飽和溶液中止反應,在減壓下蒸發乙醇 -d,且以EtOAc ( 160 mL)萃取殘餘物。以d2〇 ( 2〇址) 洗滌有機相,經硫酸鈉乾燥,過濾且在減壓下濃縮以獲得 4.8 g ( 73%)呈淺黃色固體狀之化合物437。 實施例12.對莩性分離(及)-8-山_;1_(4,4,5,6,6,6-£/6-5-羥 基己基)-3,7-二甲基-1Η-°票吟-2,6(3H,7H)-二酮(化合物 437(i?))與(5)-8-3/-1-(4,4,5,6,6,6-心-5-經基己基)-3,7-二曱 基-1H-嘌呤-2,6(3H,7H)-二酮(化合物 437(51))。 分離化合物437之對映異構體。將自以上實施例丨丨獲 得之化合物437 ( 1.60 g )溶解於iPrOH ( 20 mL,HPLC級, 需要加熱)中。使用配備有製備型Chiralpak AD管柱(20x 25 0 mm Daicel ’ 10 #Μ)及位於其之前之製備型Chiralpak AD 前導管柱(20x50 mm Daice卜 10 // Μ)的 Waters HPLC 系統達成對映異構體分離。在操作之第一分鐘中,樣品以 20% iPrOH/己烷(此後以0.1 %作為共溶離劑之二乙胺)溶 離,同時自1 5 mL/min之流動速率勻升至1 8 mL/min。在後 續1 5分鐘内,樣品以流動速率為18 mL/min之20%至25% iPrOH/己烷之梯度溶離。在後續19分鐘内,樣品以流動速 率為18 mL/min之25% iPrOH/己烧溶離。在後續0.5分鐘 内,樣品以流動速率為18 mL/min之25%至20% iPrOH/己 烷之梯度溶離。在後續4.5分鐘内’樣品以流動速率為1 8 mL/min之20% iPrOH/己烷溶離。此溶離方法導致化合物 437(7?)首先溶離(滞留時間約29分鐘)且化合物437(5*)接 84 201107326 著溶離(滯留時間約33分鐘)的基線分離。收集含有各對 映異構體之溶離份且在減壓下濃縮獲得呈灰白色固體狀之 340 mg 之 437(i?) (mp 112.0-114.5〇C )及 375 mg 之 43 7(51) (mp 111.9-112.3°C )。[應注意:僅自以上製備之溶液注入 1.0 g 437。] A.(及)-8-^?/-1-(4,4,5,6,6,6-心-5-經基己基)-3,7-二曱基 -111-°票吟-2,6(311,711)-二酮(化合物 437(及))。4^]\41^(3〇〇 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.36-1.50 (m,2Η),1.54 (s,1H), 1.64-1.74 (m, 2H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 3.99 (s, 3H)S 4.00-4.05 (m, 2H)。UC-NMR (75 MHz,CDC13): δ 22.66, 27.86, 29.70, 33.5 9, 41.14, 107.65, 148.76, 15 1.5 2,15 5.40。HPLC(方法: Waters Atlantis T3 2.1x50 mm 3 μπι C18-RP 管柱-梯度方法 在 14 分鐘内 5-95% ACN + 0.1%曱酸(lo mL/min),且在 95¾ ACN + 0.1%甲酸下保持4分鐘;波長:3〇5 nm):滯 留時間:3 · 2 8分鐘:9 9 · 9 %純度。對掌性η P L C (方法: Chiralpak AD 25 cm 管柱-等度方法在〗.〇〇 mL/min 下 78% 己烷/22。/。異丙醇/0.01%二乙胺歷時4〇分鐘;波長:254 nm).滯留時間:25.20分鐘(主要對映異構體);28 39 分鐘(次要對映異構體之預期值):&gt;99.9%以純度。ms (M + H): 288·3, (M+Na): 310.2 。元素分析 (c13h13d7n4o3):計算值:c=54.34, H=7 02, N=19 5〇。 實驗值:054.32, H = 7.23, N=19.35。 值得注意的是,在以上ih_nmr譜中不存在以下峰: Wppm周圍之峰,指示相對於經基之^位不存在曱基氣; 85 201107326 3.80 ppm周圍之峰’指示次甲基羥基位置處不存在氫;及 7.5 1 ppm周圍之單峰,指示嘌呤環上之編號8位置處不存 在氫。歸因於在以上j-NMR譜中存在1.36-1.50 ppm處之 多重峻’因此相應於相對於羥基之〇:位是否存在亞甲基氣 來判定1 · 5 1 ppm處是否存在峰是不可能的。 B. (5)-8-3/-1-(4,4,5,6,6,6-4-5-經基己基)_3,7-二甲基 -lH-°^^-2,6(3H,7H) -一 酮(化合物 437(5)) eiH-NMRQOO MHz, CDC13): δ 1.38-1.48 (m,2Η),1.55 (s,1Η) 1.64-1.72 (m,2H),3.58 (s,3H),3.99 (s,3H),4.00-4.05 (m, 2H) 〇 l3C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): δ 22.65,27.84, 29.71, 33.59, 41.13,107.64, 148.75, 151.52, 155.39。HPLC(方法: Waters Atlantis T3 2_ 1x50 mm 3 μιη Cl 8-RP 管柱-梯度方法 在 14 分鐘内 5-95% ACN + 〇.i〇/0 曱酸(1() mL/min),且在 95% ACN + 0.1〇/o曱酸下保持4分鐘;波長:305 nm):滯 留時間:3.27分鐘:99.9%純度。對掌性hpLC (方法: Chiralpak AD 25 cm 管柱等度方法在 uo mL/min 下 78% 己烧/22。/〇異丙醇/0.01 % _乙胺歷時40分鐘;波長:254 nm):滯留時間:28.39分鐘(主要對映異構體);25 2〇 分鐘(次要對映異構體之預期值):&gt;99 9% ee純度。 (M + H): 288.3, (M + Na): 310.2 。元素分析 (Ci3H|3D7N4〇3):計算值:c = 54.34,Η = 7·02,Ν=19·50。 實驗值:C = 54.33,H = 7_30,n=19.36。 值得注意的是,在以上iH-NMR譜中不存在以下峰: L19ppm周圍之峰,指示相對於羥基之α位不存在甲基氫; 86 201107326 指示次甲基羥基位置處5-95% ACN + 0.1% citric acid (io mL/min) in the clock and kept at 95% ACN + 0.1% citric acid for 4 minutes; wavelength: 3 0 5 nm ): residence time: 3 2 4 minutes: 99.9% purity. MS (M + H): 285.3, (M + Na): 307.2. Elemental analysis (C13H12D6N403): Calculated: C = 54.92, H = 6.38, Ν = 19.71. Found: 054.89, Η = 6.38, N = 19.70. It is noteworthy that the following peaks were absent in the above 1H-NMR spectrum: a single peak around 2.15 ppm indicating the absence of mercapto ketone hydrogen; a triplet around 2.51 ppm indicating the absence of hydrazinone hydrogen; And a single peak around 7.52 pprn' indicates that no hydrogen is present at the number 8 position on the ankle ring. Example 11. Synthesis of (±)8-c//-l-(4,4,5,6-ylhexyl)-3,7-didecyl-1Η-嘌呤-2,6(3Η,7Η)- Diketone (compound 437). (±) 8-3/-1-(4,4,5,6,6,6-^-5-ylhexyl)-3,7-didecyl-1^^- ° 呤-2, 6(311,71^-dione (compound 437). Add borohydride (1.06 g' 25.3 mmol, Cambridge Isotopes, 99 atom. / 〇D) to 407 (6.5 g, at 0:(:) 22.9 mmol) in a suspension of ethanol-di (65 mL, Aldrich, 9 Q c atom / 〇D). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred until a clear solution (about 1 hour) appeared. Ammonium-d4 (Cambridge Is〇t〇pes, 98 atomic % 〇) was quenched in a saturated solution of D20 (8 mL, Cambridge Isotope, 83 201107326 99.9 atom% 〇), and ethanol-d was evaporated under reduced pressure, and The residue was extracted with EtOAc (EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc. Example 12. Separation of bismuth (and)-8-Mountain_;1_(4,4,5,6,6,6-£/6-5-hydroxyhexyl)-3,7-dimethyl-1Η - ° 吟-2,6(3H,7H)-dione (compound 437(i?)) and (5)-8-3/-1-(4,4,5,6,6,6-heart -5-ylhexyl)-3,7-dimercapto-1H- Indole-2,6(3H,7H)-dione (Compound 437(51)). The enantiomer of compound 437 was isolated. Compound 437 ( 1.60 g) obtained from the above Example was dissolved in iPrOH ( 20 mL, HPLC grade, required to be heated. Use a preparative Chiralpak AD column (20x 25 0 mm Daicel ' 10 #Μ) and a pre-made Chiralpak AD front catheter column (20x50 mm Daice Bu 10 / / Μ) Waters HPLC system to achieve enantiomeric separation. In the first minute of operation, the sample was dissolved in 20% iPrOH / hexane (here 0.1% as the co-dissolving agent of diethylamine), while from 1 The flow rate of 5 mL/min was raised to 18 mL/min. During the next 15 minutes, the sample was dissolved at a flow rate of 18 mL/min with a gradient of 20% to 25% iPrOH/hexane. The sample was dissolved in 25% iPrOH/hexane at a flow rate of 18 mL/min. The sample was dissolved in a gradient of 25% to 20% iPrOH/hexane at a flow rate of 18 mL/min over the next 0.5 minutes. The sample was dissolved in 20% iPrOH/hexane at a flow rate of 18 mL/min over the next 4.5 minutes. This dissolution method resulted in the first dissolution of compound 437 (7?) (residence time of about 29 minutes) and the baseline separation of compound 437 (5*) followed by 84 201107326 dissolution (residence time of about 33 minutes). The fractions containing the respective enantiomers were collected and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 340 mg of 437 (i?) (mp 112.0-114.5 〇C) and 375 mg of 43 7 (51) (mp) 111.9-112.3 ° C). [It should be noted that only 1.0 g 437 was injected from the solution prepared above. ] A. (and)-8-^?/-1-(4,4,5,6,6,6-heart-5-transhexyl)-3,7-dimercapto-111-° -2,6(311,711)-dione (compound 437 (and)). 4^]\41^(3〇〇MHz, CDC13): δ 1.36-1.50 (m, 2Η), 1.54 (s, 1H), 1.64-1.74 (m, 2H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 3.99 ( s, 3H)S 4.00-4.05 (m, 2H). UC-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): δ 22.66, 27.86, 29.70, 33.5 9, 41.14, 107.65, 148.76, 15 1.5 2,15 5.40. HPLC (Method: Waters Atlantis T3 2.1x50 mm 3 μπι C18-RP column-gradient method 5-95% ACN + 0.1% decanoic acid (lo mL/min) in 14 minutes, and under 953⁄4 ACN + 0.1% formic acid Hold for 4 minutes; Wavelength: 3 〇 5 nm): Residence time: 3 · 2 8 minutes: 9 9 · 9 % purity. For palmity η PLC (method: Chiralpak AD 25 cm column - isocratic method at 〗. 〇〇mL/min 78% hexane / 22% isopropanol / 0.01% diethylamine for 4 minutes; Wavelength: 254 nm). Residence time: 25.20 minutes (major enantiomer); 28 39 minutes (expected value of minor enantiomer): &gt; 99.9% in purity. Ms (M + H): 288·3, (M+Na): 310.2. Elemental analysis (c13h13d7n4o3): Calculated value: c=54.34, H=7 02, N=19 5〇. Found: 054.32, H = 7.23, N = 19.35. It is worth noting that there are no peaks in the above ih_nmr spectrum: peaks around Wppm, indicating that no sulfhydryl gas is present relative to the base; 85 201107326 3.80 peak around 'ppm' indicates the position of the methine hydroxyl group There is hydrogen; and a single peak around 7.5 1 ppm indicating the absence of hydrogen at the number 8 position on the anthracene ring. It is attributed to the presence of multiple peaks at 1.36 to 1.50 ppm in the above j-NMR spectrum. Therefore, it is impossible to determine whether or not there is a peak at 1 · 5 1 ppm corresponding to the presence or absence of methylene gas in the hydroxy group. of. B. (5)-8-3/-1-(4,4,5,6,6,6-4-5-transhexyl)_3,7-dimethyl-lH-°^^-2, 6(3H,7H)-monoketone (compound 437(5)) eiH-NMRQOO MHz, CDC13): δ 1.38-1.48 (m,2Η), 1.55 (s,1Η) 1.64-1.72 (m,2H),3.58 (s, 3H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 4.00-4.05 (m, 2H) 〇l3C-NMR (75 MHz, CDC13): δ 22.65, 27.84, 29.71, 33.59, 41.13, 107.64, 148.75, 151.52, 155.39 . HPLC (Method: Waters Atlantis T3 2_ 1x50 mm 3 μιη Cl 8-RP column-gradient method 5-95% ACN + 〇.i〇/0 decanoic acid (1() mL/min) in 14 minutes, and 95% ACN + 0.1〇/o acid for 4 minutes; wavelength: 305 nm): residence time: 3.27 minutes: 99.9% purity. For palmar hpLC (Method: Chiralpak AD 25 cm column isocratic method at uo mL/min 78% hexane/22./〇 isopropanol/0.01% _ethylamine for 40 minutes; wavelength: 254 nm): Retention time: 28.39 minutes (major enantiomer); 25 2 〇 minutes (expected value of minor enantiomer): &gt; 99 9% ee purity. (M + H): 288.3, (M + Na): 310.2. Elemental analysis (Ci3H|3D7N4〇3): Calculated value: c = 54.34, Η = 7·02, Ν = 19.50. Experimental values: C = 54.33, H = 7_30, n = 19.36. It is noteworthy that the following peaks are absent in the above iH-NMR spectrum: a peak around L19 ppm indicating the absence of methyl hydrogen relative to the alpha position of the hydroxyl group; 86 201107326 indicating the position of the methine hydroxyl group

來判定1.5 1 ppm處是否存在峰是不可能的。 3.80 ppm周圍之峰,才: 7.51 ppm 在氫。歸因於在以上 多重蜂,因此相應於 丞位置處不存在氣;及 上之編號8位置處不存 在 1.3 6-1.5 〇 ppm 處之 α位是否存在亞甲基氫 實施例13·合成(土)1_(5_(_5_羥基己基)_3·曱基·?_(曱 基-心)-1Η -嗓吟- 2,6(3H,7H)-二嗣(化合物 131)。 流程1 9·製備化合物131、131 (7Ϊ)及1 3 1 (S)。It is not possible to determine if a peak is present at 1.5 1 ppm. The peak around 3.80 ppm, only: 7.51 ppm in hydrogen. Due to the above multiple bees, there is no gas corresponding to the position of the crucible; and there is no presence of methylene hydrogen in the alpha position at 1.3 6-1.5 〇ppm at the number 8 position. Example 13 Synthesis ) 1_(5_(_5_hydroxyhexyl)_3·decyl·?_(fluorenyl-heart)-1Η-嗓吟- 2,6(3H,7H)-diindole (Compound 131). Scheme 1 9 Preparation Compounds 131, 131 (7Ϊ) and 1 3 1 (S).

對掌性 HPLC分離Palm separation

(±)1-(5-4-5-羥基己基)-3 -曱基-7-(曱基- 嘌呤 -2,6(3H,7H)-二酮(化合物131)。遵循與以上合成化合物 437相同之通用方法’以EtOH中之NaBD4處理化合物1〇〇 (參見實施例1 )以提供化合物131。 實施例14.對掌性分離(/〇-1-(5-心-5-羥基己基)-3-曱基 _7_(甲基 _Α)·1Η-嘌呤-2,6(3H,7H)-二酮(化合物 131(^0)與 87 201107326 (5)-1-(5-4-5-羥基己基)-3-曱基-7-(甲基嘌呤 -2,6(3H,7H)-二酮(化合物 131(^)。 分離化合物131之對映異構體。以與以上外消旋化合 物437相同之方式分離自以上實施例1 3獲得之外消旋化合 物131的一部分以提供經分離之對映異構體化合物131(1?) (mp 112.2-112.7 °C ) ( 210 mg )及化合物 131 (»S) ( mp 1 12.0-1 12.1°C ) ( 220 mg)。 A. 羥基己基)-3-曱基-7-(曱基嘌 呤-2,6(3H,7H)-二酮(化合物 131(i〇)。iH-NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.19 (s, 3H), 1.39- 1.56 (m, 5H), 1.64-1.74 (m, 2H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 4.03 (t, J = 7.3, 2H), 7.51 (s, 1H)。 l3C-NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3): δ 22.87, 23.40, 27.89, 29.71, 38.64, 4 1.13,107.68,141.40,148.76, 15 1.52, 155.39。HPLC (方法:Waters Atlantis T3 2.1x50 mm 3 μηι Cl 8-RP 管柱-梯度方法在 14分鐘内 5-95% ACN + 0.1 〇/〇甲酸(1.0 mL/min ),且在95% ACN + 0.1%曱酸下保持4分鐘;波長: 305 nm ):滯留時間:3.29分鐘:99.9%純度。對掌性HPLC (方法· Chiralpak AD 25 cm 管枉-等度方法在 1 ·〇〇 mL/min 下78%己烷/22%異丙醇/0.01 %二乙胺歷時40分鐘;波長: 254 nm ):滯留時間:25.1 4分鐘(主要對映異構體);2 8.5 1 分鐘(次要對映異構體之預期值):&gt;99.9% ee純度。MS (M + H): 285.3, (M + Na): 307.2 。元素分析 (C|3Hl6D4N4〇3):計算值:C = 54.92,Η = 7_09,Ν=19·71。 實驗值:C = 54.67, Η = 7.04, Ν=19·35。 88 201107326 值得注意的是,在以上iH_NMR譜中不存在3 8〇 ppm 周圍之峰,指示次曱基羥基位置處不存在氫。歸因於以上 W-NMR譜中存在4.01 ppm處之三重峰,因此相應於嘌呤 %之7位(R1 )處之N_曱基上是否存在氫來判定3 99 周圍是否存在單峰是不可能的。 B. (5)-1-(5-心-5-羥基己基)-3 -曱基- 7-(曱基-心)-1 H-嘌 呤-2,6(3H,7H)-二酮(化合物 131(5))。’H-NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): 5 !-18 (s, 3H), 1.39-1.55 (m, 5H), 1.67-1.72 (m, 2H),3.58 (s,3H),4.03 (t,J = 7.3,2H),7.51 (s, 1H)。 13C-NMR (75 MHz, CDCh): (5 23.10, 23.63, 28.12, 29.94, 38.87, 41.36, 107.91, 141.63, 148.99, 15 1.75, 1 55.62 » HPLC (方法:Waters Atlantis T3 2.1x50 mm 3 μτη C18-RP 管柱 _ 梯度方法在14分鐘内5 - 9 5 % A C N + 〇 · 1 %曱酸(1. 〇 mL/min)’且在95%ACN + 0.1%曱酸下保持4分鐘;波長: 305 nm):滯留時間:3.29分鐘:99.9%純度。對掌性HPLC (方法:Chiralpak AD 25 cm管柱-等度方法在loo mL/min 下78%己烷/22%異丙醇/0.01 %二乙胺歷時40分鐘;波長: 254 nm):滞留時間:28.51分鐘(主要對映異構體);25.14 分鐘(次要對映異構體之預期值):&gt;99.9% ee純度。MS (M+H): 285.3, (M+Na): 307.2 。元素分析 (C|3Hi6D4N4〇3):計算值:C = 54.92, H=7.09, N=19.71。 實驗值:C = 54.65, Η=7·04, N=19.32。 值得注意的是,在以上1H-NMR譜中不存在3.80 ppm 周圍之峰,指示次曱基羥基位置處不存在氫。歸因於以上 89 201107326 纖抖存在4.01 ppm處之三重峰,因此相 環之?位(岣處之N-甲基上是否存在氮來判定二广 周圍是否存在單峰是不可能的。 &amp;別PPm 生物學評估 實施例15a.評估經口投藥之後犬中之 較化合物409與配妥西菲林 力予比 研九經口投予雄性米格魯(beagle )犬之後標題化合物 之代謝。在不同時點自服藥之犬移除血液樣品且由其中分 離血聚。血衆樣品用於藉由LC_MS/MS (液相層析串聯質譜 分析)測定血漿藥物含量以便估算藥物動力學參數。曰 將化合物409及配妥西菲林單獨溶解於鹽水中至4 mg/mL之濃度。製備兩種溶液之丨:丨(Wv )混合物以獲得 具有兩種化合物409及配妥西菲林之最終濃度為2 mg/mL 的溶液。 將兩隻雄性米格魯犬禁食隔夜且隨後使用上述混合物 經由管飼經口給予2.5 mg/kg化合物409及配妥西菲林。在 〇分鐘(給藥前)、給藥後15分鐘、3〇分鐘' 45分鐘' i 小時、1.5小時、2小時、3小時、4小時' 6小時、8小時、 1 〇小時、12小時、1 6小時及24小時經由股靜脈收集血液 樣( 1.5 - 2 mL )。將血液儲存於冰上,隨後離心以獲得血 漿樣品。在血液收集1小時内進行離心以收集血漿(最大 體積)。立即傾析血漿且將其於_7〇°c下冷凍/儲存直至分析。 90 201107326 表8.犬中之化合物409與配妥西菲林之血漿含量(實施例 15a) _化合物_ 配妥西菲林 一平均 Cmx(ng/mL) 784 Π 平均 AUC(hr*ng/mL) 448 化合物409 1230 811 差異%a +57% +80% a )差異%=[(氘化物質種類)_(非氘化物質種 類)](1 00)/(非沉化物質種類) 表8展示實施例I5a中所描述之評估之結果。化合物 4〇9 (氣化型式之配妥西菲林)之平均c_及平均Μ。顯 著大於配妥西菲林。與配妥西菲林相比,氘化化合物在犬 血漿中展現較大暴露量。 實施例15b.重複評估經口投藥之後犬體内之藥物動力 學。藉由監測代謝物來比較化合物4〇9與配妥西菲林 藉由另外監測配妥西菲林及化合物4〇9代謝物來重複 實施例15a。在此實驗中,將化合物4〇9及配妥西菲林單獨 溶解於鹽水中至分別4_4叫/紅及4 mg/mL之濃度。製備 兩種溶液之1:1 ( V/V )混合物以獲得具有2 2 mg/mL化合物 4〇9及2 mg/mL配妥西菲林之最終濃度的溶液。給藥後資料 刀析包括進行調整以顧及化合物409與配妥西菲林之門的 給藥濃度之1 〇 %差異。 將四隻米格魯犬(2-3歲,且體重為5至8 kg )禁食隔 伙且隨後使用上述混合物經由管飼經口給 mg/kg 化 &amp;勿409及2.5 mg/kg配妥西菲林。在〇分鐘(給藥前)、 91 201107326 給藥後5分鐘、15分鐘、30分鐘、45分鐘' !&quot;夺、ι 5 小時、2丨時、3小時、4小時及6小時經由股靜脈收集血 液樣品(約1 mL)。將血液儲存於冰上,隨後離心以獲得 血漿樣品。在血液收集1 5分鐘内進行離心以收集血漿(最 大體積)。立即傾析血t且將其於_2〇1下冷凍/儲存直至分 析。 藉由LC-MS/MS來分析血製樣品中是否存在所投予之 化合物及其相應Μ 1代謝物:(±) 1-(5-4-5-hydroxyhexyl)-3-indenyl-7-(indolyl-indole-2,6(3H,7H)-dione (Compound 131). Follow the above synthetic compounds The same general procedure as in 437 'Compound 1 处理 was treated with NaBD4 in EtOH (see Example 1) to provide compound 131. Example 14. Separation of palms (/〇-1-(5-heart-5-hydroxyhexyl) )-3-mercapto_7_(methyl_Α)·1Η-嘌呤-2,6(3H,7H)-dione (Compound 131(^0) and 87 201107326 (5)-1-(5-4 -5-Hydroxyhexyl)-3-indolyl-7-(methylindole-2,6(3H,7H)-dione (Compound 131(^). The enantiomer of Compound 131 was isolated. The racemic compound 437 was isolated in the same manner as in the above Example 13 to obtain a portion of the racemic compound 131 to provide the isolated enantiomer compound 131(1?) (mp 112.2-112.7 ° C ) ( 210 Mg ) and compound 131 (»S) ( mp 1 12.0-1 12.1 ° C ) ( 220 mg ) A. Hydroxyhexyl)-3-mercapto-7-(mercaptopurine-2,6(3H,7H) -dione (Compound 131 (i〇). iH-NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.19 (s, 3H), 1.39- 1.56 (m, 5H), 1.64-1.74 (m, 2H), 3.58 (s , 3H), 4.03 (t, J = 7.3, 2H), 7.51 (s, 1H). l3C-NMR (75 MHz, CDCI3): δ 22.87, 23.40, 27.89, 29.71, 38.64, 4 1.13, 107.68, 141.40, 148.76, 15 1.52, 155.39. HPLC (method: Waters Atlantis T3 2.1x50 mm 3 μηι Cl 8-RP column-gradient method 5-95% ACN + 0.1 〇/〇 formic acid (1.0 mL/min) in 14 minutes and maintained at 95% ACN + 0.1% citric acid 4 min; wavelength: 305 nm): residence time: 3.29 minutes: 99.9% purity. For palmar HPLC (method · Chiralpak AD 25 cm tube 枉 - isocratic method at 1 · 〇〇 mL / min 78% hexane / 22% isopropanol / 0.01% diethylamine for 40 minutes; wavelength: 254 nm): residence time: 25.1 4 minutes (main enantiomer); 2 8.5 1 minute (expiration of minor enantiomers) Value): &gt;99.9% ee purity. MS (M + H): 285.3, (M + Na): 307.2. Elemental analysis (C|3Hl6D4N4〇3): Calculated value: C = 54.92, Η = 7_09, Ν = 19.71. Experimental values: C = 54.67, Η = 7.04, Ν = 19.35. 88 201107326 It is worth noting that there is no peak around 3 8 〇 ppm in the above iH NMR spectrum, indicating that no hydrogen is present at the position of the decyl hydroxy group. Due to the presence of a triplet at 4.01 ppm in the above W-NMR spectrum, it is impossible to determine whether a single peak exists around 3 99 corresponding to the presence or absence of hydrogen on the N_fluorene group at the 7th position (R1) of 嘌呤%. of. B. (5)-1-(5-heart-5-hydroxyhexyl)-3-indenyl-7-(fluorenyl-heart)-1 H-indole-2,6(3H,7H)-dione ( Compound 131 (5)). 'H-NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): 5 !-18 (s, 3H), 1.39-1.55 (m, 5H), 1.67-1.72 (m, 2H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 4.03 (t, J = 7.3, 2H), 7.51 (s, 1H). 13C-NMR (75 MHz, CDCh): (5 23.10, 23.63, 28.12, 29.94, 38.87, 41.36, 107.91, 141.63, 148.99, 15 1.75, 1 55.62 » HPLC (method: Waters Atlantis T3 2.1x50 mm 3 μτη C18- RP column _ gradient method 5 - 9 5 % ACN + 〇 · 1 % decanoic acid (1. 〇mL / min) in 14 minutes and maintained at 95% ACN + 0.1% citric acid for 4 minutes; wavelength: 305 Nm): residence time: 3.29 minutes: 99.9% purity. For palmar HPLC (method: Chiralpak AD 25 cm column - isocratic method at loo mL/min 78% hexane / 22% isopropanol / 0.01% two Ethylamine for 40 minutes; wavelength: 254 nm): residence time: 28.51 minutes (major enantiomer); 25.14 minutes (expected value of minor enantiomer): &gt; 99.9% ee purity. MS ( M+H): 285.3, (M+Na): 307.2. Elemental analysis (C|3Hi6D4N4〇3): Calculated: C = 54.92, H=7.09, N = 19.71. Experimental value: C = 54.65, Η=7 · 04, N = 19.32. It is worth noting that there is no peak around 3.80 ppm in the above 1H-NMR spectrum, indicating the absence of hydrogen at the position of the hydroxyl group at the secondary thiol group. Due to the above 89 201107326, there is a 4.01 ppm Triple peak, so phase ring It is impossible to determine whether there is a nitrogen on the N-methyl group at the sputum to determine whether there is a single peak around the guangxi. &amp;Do not PPm biological evaluation Example 15a. Evaluation of the compound 409 in dogs after oral administration The metabolism of the title compound after the injection of the male phenanthrene to the male beagle dog. The blood sample was removed from the dog at different times and the blood was separated from the blood sample. The plasma drug content was determined by LC_MS/MS (liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry) to estimate the pharmacokinetic parameters. Compound 409 and cefoline were separately dissolved in saline to a concentration of 4 mg/mL. A solution of the solution: a mixture of strontium (Wv) to obtain a solution having a final concentration of 2 mg/mL of the two compounds 409 and the formulated cefolin. Two male Miguel dogs were fasted overnight and then using the above mixture via Tube feeding was orally administered with 2.5 mg/kg of Compound 409 and cefolin. In 〇 minutes (before administration), 15 minutes after administration, 3 〇 minutes '45 minutes' i hours, 1.5 hours, 2 hours, 3 hours , 4 hours ' 6 hours, 8 Blood samples (1.5 - 2 mL) were collected via the femoral vein at hour, 1 hour, 12 hours, 16 hours, and 24 hours. The blood was stored on ice and then centrifuged to obtain a plasma sample. Centrifugation was performed within 1 hour of blood collection to collect plasma (maximum volume). Plasma was immediately decanted and frozen/stored at _7 ° C until analysis. 90 201107326 Table 8. Plasma content of compound 409 and terfenphyrin in dogs (Example 15a) _Compound _ cefylamine-average Cmx (ng/mL) 784 Π average AUC (hr*ng/mL) 448 Compound 409 1230 811 difference %a +57% +80% a) difference %=[(chemical substance type)_(non-deuterated substance type)](1 00)/(non-degenerated substance type) Table 8 shows implementation The results of the evaluation described in Example I5a. The average c_ and average enthalpy of the compound 4〇9 (gasification type of cefolin). Significantly greater than the matching of cefraline. Deuterated compounds exhibit greater exposure in canine plasma compared to the combination of ceflin. Example 15b. Repeated evaluation of pharmacokinetics in dogs after oral administration. Comparison of Compound 4〇9 with Prostaglandin by Monitoring Metabolites Example 15a was repeated by additionally monitoring the prostaglandin and Compound 4〇9 metabolites. In this experiment, compound 4〇9 and cefene were separately dissolved in saline to a concentration of 4_4/red and 4 mg/mL, respectively. A 1:1 (V/V) mixture of the two solutions was prepared to obtain a solution having a final concentration of 22 mg/mL of compound 4〇9 and 2 mg/mL of cefolin. Post-dose data Knife analysis included adjustments to account for the 1% difference in the concentration of compound 409 and the dose of the cefolin. Four Miguel dogs (2-3 years old, weighing 5 to 8 kg) were fasted and then used to feed mg/kg via &lt; Toxafilin. In the sputum minute (before administration), 91 201107326 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes after administration '!&quot; 夺, ι 5 hours, 2 丨, 3 hours, 4 hours and 6 hours via the femoral vein Blood samples (approximately 1 mL) were collected. The blood was stored on ice and then centrifuged to obtain a plasma sample. Centrifugation was performed within 15 minutes of blood collection to collect plasma (maximum volume). Blood t was immediately decanted and frozen/stored at _2 〇 1 until analysis. The presence of the administered compound and its corresponding Μ1 metabolite in the blood sample was analyzed by LC-MS/MS:

H3CH3C

π3 /Ν 配女西菲林Π3 /Ν with female Westfield

H3CH3C

Η3 C/ Ν /Ν MlΗ3 C/ Ν /Ν Ml

化合物409 (所投予)Compound 409 (to be administered)

ch3 化合物419( Ml代謝物) =自四隻犬中每一者之結果展示於圖1A&amp; 1B中。來 自四隻犬中之一者之結果(犬H,圖lb)與其他三隻犬之 ’。果不致。在投藥後5分鐘,彼犬展示1 〇倍高的所投予 化0物及其相應代謝物中每-者之血聚濃度。另外,在投 ,後5分鐘與丨5分鐘之間,彼犬未展示所投予化合物之血 桌濃度之特徵性增加。斷定此犬报可能 不當且化合物 92 t 201107326 可能經由氣管投予’而非按照要求投予至胃腸道中。因此, 來自此犬之資料不予分析。其餘三隻犬之概要分析展示於 表9中。 表9.犬體内之化合物4〇9與配妥西菲林之血漿含量(實施 例 15b) 化合物 配 — 平均 Cmax(ng/mL) 一 166 ~ 平均 AUC(hr*ng/mL) 69 ^ 化合物409a 299 136 差異' +80% +97% a )化合物409之給藥濃度比配妥西菲林之給藥濃度高 1 〇 /〇且因此本文中報導之數值反映針對彼1 0%增量所進行 之調整。 b )差異。/。=[(氘化物質種類(非氘化物質種 類)](100)/(非氘化物質種類) 如可在表9中所見,當與以相同含量共給藥之配妥西 菲林相比時’觀測到就Cmax及AUC而言化合物409具有較 阿含置。圖1顯示在經口給藥之三隻犬中,與配妥西菲林 相比’化合物409較緩慢地自血漿清除。圖1 a及]b顯示在 皱口給藥之三隻犬中,與配妥西菲林相比,化合物409較 緩慢地自血漿清除。圖1 a及1 b亦展示在給予化合物4〇9 之後化合物419 ( 409之氘化Ml代謝物)之總體全身性暴 路量大於給予配妥西菲林後Μ 1代謝物之暴露量。 實施例15c.評估經口投藥之後犬體内之藥物動力學。 93 201107326 比較化合物413與配妥西菲林。 除評估化合物413以外’此研究與實施例15a及15b 中所描述之研究類似。藉由管飼向四隻雄性米格魯犬經口 給予於鹽水中含有各2 mg/mL配妥西菲林及化合物413之 混合物。如實施例1 5 b中獲取血液樣品。 實施例10.犬體内之化合物413與配妥西菲林之血漿含量 (實施例1 5 c ) 化合物 平均 Cmax(ng/mL) 平均 AUC(hr*n2/mL) 配妥西菲林 369 ----——_〇 》 238 化合物413 542 415 差異%3 +47% +74% a )差異% = =[(氘化物質種類 )_(非氘化物質種 類)](1〇〇)/(非氘化物質種類) 此研究之結果概述於上表10中。該表描述經口給藥之 後化合物413相較於配妥西菲林之血漿含量。當與以相同 含量共給藥之配妥西菲林相比時,觀測到就cmax及AUC而 言化合物413具有較高含量。 實施例16.評估化合物在大鼠全血中之穩定性。比較 化合物4〇9、435W、43叫與配妥西菲林及其心代謝物。 執行此研究以評估標題化合物在大鼠全血中之穩定 性。因為酮(或酮基.化合物;配妥西菲林或4…及其相 應M-1醇代謝物相互轉變,所以在將酮基·化合物添加2血 94 201107326 液中或添力口…之後量測此等組 些測試中ϋ! I 一 仍&lt; 3里換5之,在某 m-ι代謝物 為起始測試化合物,而在其他測試中 ’物為起始測試化合物。 ♦大鼠全血係自 ViviSource Laboratories,Walthim ΜΑ 獲得。爹 m ,vvaitham, !-甲亞砜(卿0)中製備測試化合物之儲備 ; ·宅莫耳濃度(福))。在乙腈(ACN)中稀釋 .賴儲備溶液至別微莫耳濃度(aM)。向99〇微升 、“)歷時7分鐘預溫至3rc之血液中添加丨。“L5〇〇 &quot; “ J式化。物至5 # M之最終濃度。測試化合物為配妥西 菲林配文西菲林之⑺·Μ1代謝物、配妥西菲林之 代謝物、化合物409、化合物435(A及化合物435(/?)。後兩 種測試化合物分別為化合物409之氘化⑺_M1及⑻·代 射物在3 7 c下培育反應混合物《在〇分鐘、添加測試化 :物之後5分鐘、15分鐘、3〇分鐘、丨小時及2小時移除 等分試樣(50 #L)且添加至含有15〇 冰冷乙腈及内 払準物之96孔板中以停止反應。將板在_2〇(&gt;c下儲存2〇分 鐘,之後添加1〇〇 # L 50%乙腈/水至孔中,隨後離心以使 沈澱蛋白質成為離心塊。冑2〇〇 &quot; L各上清液之等分試樣 轉移至另一 96孔板中且藉由LC_MS/MS使用Appiied Bi0- 系統API 4000質譜儀分析下表n中列出之所投予化合物及 其特定代謝物之量。 95 201107326 及 表π.大氟全血中所分析之化合物-代謝物對(實驗 17) 6 實驗對 A 與血液一起培育之化合物 ^ -Mir- a t ,|, 化合物409Ch3 Compound 419 (M1 metabolite) = The results from each of the four dogs are shown in Figures 1A &amp; 1B. The result from one of the four dogs (Canine H, Figure lb) and the other three dogs. If not. Five minutes after administration, the dog exhibited a blood concentration of 1% of the administered substance and its corresponding metabolite. In addition, between 5 minutes after the administration and 5 minutes after the administration, the dog did not show a characteristic increase in the blood table concentration of the administered compound. It was concluded that this canine may be inappropriate and that compound 92 t 201107326 may be administered via tracheal administration instead of being administered to the gastrointestinal tract as required. Therefore, the information from this dog is not analyzed. A summary analysis of the remaining three dogs is shown in Table 9. Table 9. Plasma content of compound 4〇9 and cefylamine in dogs (Example 15b) Compound formulation - average Cmax (ng/mL) 166 ~ average AUC (hr*ng/mL) 69 ^ Compound 409a 299 136 difference ' +80% +97% a ) Compound 409 is administered at a concentration 1 〇 / 高 higher than the dose of cefolin and therefore the values reported herein reflect the 10% increments Adjustment. b) Differences. /. = [(deuterated substance type (non-deuterated substance type)] (100) / (non-deuterated substance type) As can be seen in Table 9, when compared with the same amount of co-administered cefolin Compound 409 was observed to be more accommodating in terms of Cmax and AUC. Figure 1 shows that compound 409 was slowly cleared from plasma in the three dogs administered orally. a and ]b showed that compound 409 was more slowly cleared from plasma than the prostaglandin in the three dogs administered with wrinkles. Figures 1 a and 1 b also show compound 419 after administration of compound 4〇9. The overall systemic violent stimuli (diluted M1 metabolites at 409) were greater than the exposure to metabolites after administration of cefolin. Example 15c. Evaluation of pharmacokinetics in dogs after oral administration 93. Comparing compound 413 with cefylphenin. In addition to evaluating compound 413, 'this study is similar to the study described in Examples 15a and 15b. Oral administration to four male Migru dogs by tube feeding in saline 2 mg/mL of a mixture of cevirin and compound 413. As in Example 1 5 b Blood samples were taken. Example 10. Plasma content of compound 413 and cefylamine in dogs (Example 1 5 c ) Average Cmax (ng/mL) of compound Average AUC (hr*n2/mL) 369 ----——_〇 238 Compound 413 542 415 Difference %3 +47% +74% a ) Difference % = = [(chemical substance type) _ (non-deuterated substance type)] (1〇〇 ) / (non-deuterated species) The results of this study are summarized in Table 10 above. This table describes the plasma levels of Compound 413 compared to the formulated sifcillin after oral administration. Compound 413 was observed to have a higher content in terms of cmax and AUC when compared to the formulated sifcillin co-administered in the same amount. Example 16. Evaluation of the stability of compounds in whole blood of rats. Comparison of compounds 4〇9, 435W, 43 is called and the combination of ceflin and its cardiac metabolites. This study was performed to assess the stability of the title compound in rat whole blood. Because ketone (or keto-based compound; with cefylamine or 4 and its corresponding M-1 alcohol metabolites are converted to each other, after adding keto-based compound to 2 blood 94 201107326 or adding force... In these tests, I 仍 1 I still &lt; 3 in 5, in a m-ι metabolite as the starting test compound, and in other tests 'the starting test compound. ♦ Rat whole blood Obtained from ViviSource Laboratories, Walthim 爹. 爹m, vvaitham, !-methane sulfoxide (Qing 0) prepared test compound reserves; · House Moer concentration (Fu). Dilute in acetonitrile (ACN) to a micromolar concentration (aM). Add 丨 to the blood of 99 〇 microliters, “) pre-warmed to 3 rc for 7 minutes. “L5〇〇&quot; “J-form. The final concentration of the substance to 5 # M. The test compound is matched with cefolin. Xifeilin (7)·Μ1 metabolite, metabolite of cefolin, compound 409, compound 435 (A and compound 435 (/?). The latter two test compounds are compound 409 (7)_M1 and (8)·generation Incubate the reaction mixture at 3 7 c. Remove the aliquot (50 #L) at 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 3 minutes, 2 hours, and 2 hours after the addition of the test: and add to the containing The reaction was stopped in a 96-well plate of ice-cold acetonitrile and hydrazine. The plate was stored at _2 Torr (&gt;c for 2 minutes, then 1 〇〇# L 50% acetonitrile/water was added to the well. This was followed by centrifugation to pellet the precipitated protein. An aliquot of each of the supernatants was transferred to another 96-well plate and analyzed by LC_MS/MS using an Appiied Bi0-System API 4000 mass spectrometer. The amount of the compound administered and its specific metabolites listed in table n below. 95 201107326 and Table π. Analysis of the compound - A metabolite of a compound of the blood incubated with (Experiment 17) 6 Experiment ^ -Mir- a t, |, compound 409

化合物435(及) 配妥西菲林 / 斤分析之代謝&amp; 化合物419CSV 配妥西菲林 化合物409 配妥西菲林 化合物409 在研九之結果描述於圖2及3中。祌&amp; 展示於m^ 代谢物形成之時裎 ... ' 如圖3中所示之所形成代謝物之相對量係Compound 435 (and) with cefylamine / kg analysis of metabolism &amp; compound 419 CSV with cevirin compound 409 with cefolin compound 409 The results of the study 9 are described in Figures 2 and 3.祌&amp; displayed at the time of m^ metabolite formation... 'relative amount of metabolites formed as shown in Figure 3

相對於其在培育混合物中㈣測到之最早時點(對於A 而言為5分鐘,且對於c而言為i5分鐘)2小時時存 在之量來計算。 *如圖3中可見,約2小時之後,與配妥西菲林一起培 大鼠王血中形成之(W-M1之量(圖3,行A )類似於與 曰。物409 —起培育之大鼠全血中形成之化合物419(*S)之 量(圖3,4干R、 — 」°因此,與自非氘化配妥西菲林形成之非 氘化(·5)-Μ 1之相對含量相比,化合物中之氘取代作用 對杰爪*化(幻·Μ1代謝物(化合物419(5))不具有明顯影響。 96 201107326 對於〇S)-Ml至酮基_化合物之逆反應而言,氘化作用確 實具有顯著影響。圖3中之行C展示添加1之後存在 可觀量之配妥西菲林。相比之下,添加化合物435 之後 2小時,未偵測到化合物409 (圖3 ,行D )。在此等條件 下,化合物435 (51)中之氘取代作用阻礙此化合物轉化為相 應酮。此影響尤其有利於增強所需M_ 1代謝物之血漿含量。 在此檢定中未偵測到(7?)·Μ1至配妥西菲林之代謝作 用。類似地,將化合物435 (及)添加至大鼠血液中之後,未 偵測到化合物409。因此,不可作出關於氘化作用對於 (Λ)-Μ 1轉化為配妥西菲林之影響的結論。圖2展示在將所 投予化合物與大鼠全血一起培育期間產生特定代謝物之時 程。 實施例17.評估人類肝微粒體中化合物之穩定性。比 較化合物409、435(51)、435(i〇及配妥西菲林。 在設計方面除使用人類肝微粒體替代大鼠全血來研究 化合物之代謝作用以外,實施例丨7與實施例丨6類似。上 表11展示在此實施例17中分析之各對測試化合物及代謝 物。 人類肝微粒體(20 mg/mL )係自 Xenotech, LLC( Lenexa, KS )獲得。菸鹼醯胺腺嘌呤二核苷酸磷酸酯(還原形式 (NADPH ))、氣化鎂(MgCl2)及二曱亞石風(DMSO )係 自 Sigma-Aldrich 購得。 在DMSO中製備含有7.5 mM測試化合物(配妥西菲 97 201107326 林、(&gt;S)-M1代謝物、代謝物、化合物409、化合物 435(5)及化合物435(/〇)之儲備溶液。在乙腈(ACN)中將 7.5 mM儲備溶液稀釋至250 μΜ。在含有3 mM MgCh之 0.1 Μ磷酸鉀緩衝液(pH 7.4 )中,將人類肝微粒體稀釋至 2.5 mg/mL。將經稀釋之微粒體一式三份添加至96孔深孔聚 丙烯板之孔中。將10 /i L 250 &quot; Μ測試化合物添加至微粒 體中且混合物預溫至37°C歷時1 〇分鐘。藉由添加經預溫之 NADPH溶液來啟始反應。最終反應體積為〇 5 mL且於〇. 1 μ 填酸鉀緩衝液(pH 7.4 )及3 mM MgCl2中含有2.0 mg/mL 人類肝微粒體、5 # Μ測試化合物及2 mM NADPH。在37 °C下培育反應混合物’且在0、5、1〇、2〇及3〇分鐘時移 除50 eL等分试樣且將其添加至含有5〇 &quot;l冰冷乙腈及 内標準物之淺孔96孔板中以停止反應。在4〇c下儲存板2〇 分鐘,之後添加100 // L水至孔中,隨後離心以使沈澱蛋 白質成為離心塊。將上清液轉移至另一 96孔板中且藉由 LC-MS/MS使用Applied Bio-系統API 4000質譜儀分析所投 予化合物及其特定代謝物(上表n中列出)之量。 此研究之結果描述於圖4及5中。代謝物形成之時程 展示於圖4中。如圖5中所示之所形成代謝物之相對量係 根據相對於其在培育混合物中被偵測到之最早時點(對於 A、B'C及E而言為0分鐘,對於D而言為5分鐘且對於 F而言為1 0分鐘)30分鐘時存在之量來計算。與配妥西菲 林一起培育30分鐘之後之人類肝微粒體中形成之 量(圖5 ’行A)類似於與化合物409 —起捽官夕乂 * 〜θ i人類肝微 98 201107326 粒體中形成之化合物419(幻之量(圖5,行B)。因此,與 自非氘化配妥西菲林形成之非氘化(5&gt;)_Μ1之相對含量相 2,如由化合物409所代表之配妥西菲林之氘化作用對於 氘化代謝物(化合物419(iS))之相對含量不具有明 顯影響。人類肝微粒體中之此等結果與使用大鼠全血所見 之結果一致 〇 對於(《S)-M 1至酮基-化合物之逆反應而言,氣化作用確 實具有明顯影響。圖5中之行C展示添加β)_Μι之後存在 大量配妥西菲林。相比之下,添加化合物43s (幻之後,3〇 分鐘後偵測到之化合物409之含量少於(Q-M1之含量(圖 5 ’行D )。與自化合物435 (ty)產生之化合物4〇9相比,自 («S1) Μ1產生之配妥西菲林多約3 〇 %。在此等條件下,化合 物435 (幻中之氘取代作用阻礙此化合物轉化為相應酮。雖 然氣在大鼠血液中具有更大影響,但是結果為一致的。 在人類肝微粒體中觀測到氘對於代謝物之代謝 作用之驚人影響。與自非氘化(Λ)_Μ i形成之非氘化配妥西 菲林之量相比,與人類肝微粒體一起培育3〇分鐘之後, (Λ)-Μ1 (化合物435(7?))之氘化作用減少為所形成之氘化 配妥西菲林(化合物409 )之量的幾乎1 /5 (比較圖5中之 行Ε與F )。圖4展示在將所投予化合物與人類肝微粒體一 起培育期間產生特定代謝物之時程。 實施例18.經口及靜脈内給藥之後及化合物 435(5)在大鼠體内之藥物動力學研究。 99 201107326 (lS)_M1及化合物43咐)(乱化形式之⑻-Ml)分別以 1〇 mg/mL之濃度溶解於鹽水中。隨後製備化合物最终濃度 各自$ 5 mg/址之兩種化合物之ι:ι混合物,其用於靜脈 内才又藥》經口投藥,將混合物在鹽水中進一步稀釋至各 自丨mg/mL化合物之最終濃度。 經口及靜脈内研究中各自使用三隻雄性史泊格-多利 (Sprague-Dawley )大鼠。在投予化合物之前’將動物禁食 隔夜。藉由將1:1組合之5 mg/kg單次劑量快速注射至大鼠 之經插套管之頸靜脈中來達成靜脈内投藥。在給藥前一 天,對已使用氣胺酮(IM 30 mg/kg )進行麻醉處理之大鼠 實行套管插入術。藉由經口管飼5 mg/kg單次劑量來實現經 口投藥。在給藥後不同時間(2分鐘、5分鐘、丨〇分鐘、2〇 分鐘、30分鐘、1小時、2小時、3小時、4小時、5小時、 6小時)藉由對暫時以異氟烷麻醉之大鼠進行眶後取樣,自 服藥大鼠收集血液樣品(250以L )。血液樣品置放於含有 K^EDTA之管中且儲存於冰上直至離心。在收集3〇分鐘 内,藉由離心來分離血漿。移除1 〇〇 # L等分試樣,將其 與200 &quot; L乙腈混合且於-20°C下儲存直至藉由LC-MS/MS 使用Applied Bio-系統API 4000質譜儀進一步分析。 就是否存在所投予化合物、相應酮(配妥西菲林及化 合物409)及相應M5代謝物來分析樣品。將樣品(1〇 &quot; L) 注入 Zorbax SB-C8(快速拆分)管柱(2·1χ3〇 mm,3.5 mm)。 初始移動相條件為100% A(水中之10 mM乙酸敍)及〇% B (甲醇),其中流動速率為0.5 mL/min。使移動相b在3 100 201107326 女鐘内達到55%且在1分鐘内自55%達到9〇%,隨後再在j 分鐘内勻變回至0%。總操作時間為5分鐘。對於配妥西菲 林及其Μ 1及M5代謝物而言,前驅物/產物離子對設定為 m/z 281/193( Ml )、m/z 279/181(配妥西菲林)及 m/z 267/221 (M5 ) 〇 對於化合物435(51)及化合物409而言,設定一種以上 離子對以偵測因氘損耗而產生之物質。發現對於在側鏈上 與幾基碳相鄰之位置處具有氘之本發明化合物(諸如化合 物409 )發生某種程度之氘損耗。此氘損耗似乎經由未知機 制而在活體内及活體外發生。在分析之前,利用向血清樣 品中添加乙腈來阻止任何額外活體外氘損耗。典型地,不 超過2個氘原子經氫置換。對於化合物435(α而言,在氧 化成顯I基-化合物409後’次曱基位置之氘耗損。4〇9還原 為Ml代謝物在次曱基位置處引入質子。當分析來自投服 435(5)之動物之血清以定量所投予化合物及代謝物時,包括 總量少一個及兩個側鏈氘之化合物物質種類(在下文中稱 為-1 D 及“ -2D”物質種類)。因此’對於化合物435(5) 及化合物409而言,對離子對分別設定以偵測化合物及其 相應-1D及-2D物質種類。對於化合物435(幻而言,偵測三 種離子對:m/z 291/197、290/197及189/197。對於化合物 4〇9 而言’監測離子對 m/z 288/1 86、287/186 及 286/1 86。 在化合物409及化合物4 3 5 (51)之量測中包括-1 D及-2 D物質 種類可更準確地定量總活性物質種類且根據關於配妥西菲 林及其Μ-1代謝物之代謝作用及活性之認識亦為合理的。 101 201107326 增加對於化合物409或409之任何Μ-l代謝物之血漿暴露 量為合意的。此包括-1 D及-2D物質種類。 對於相應氘化M5代謝物(M5a )而言:It is calculated relative to the amount at which the earliest time point (5 minutes for A and i5 minutes for c) measured at 2 hours in the incubation mixture. * As can be seen in Figure 3, after about 2 hours, the amount of W-M1 (Fig. 3, row A) was formed in the blood of the rat king (see Figure 3, row A) similar to that of 曰. The amount of compound 419 (*S) formed in whole blood of rats (Fig. 3, 4 dry R, -") Therefore, it is a non-deuterated (·5)-Μ 1 formed from non-deuterated matching of cefolin. Compared with the relative content, the hydrazine substitution in the compound does not have a significant effect on the cleavage (the phantom Μ1 metabolite (compound 419(5)). 96 201107326 For the reverse reaction of 〇S)-Ml to keto-compound In other words, the deuteration does have a significant effect. Line C in Figure 3 shows the presence of an appreciable amount of Teflon after the addition of 1. In contrast, compound 409 was not detected 2 hours after compound 435 was added (Figure 3 , line D). Under these conditions, the substitution of hydrazine in compound 435 (51) prevents the conversion of this compound to the corresponding ketone. This effect is especially beneficial for enhancing the plasma content of the desired M-1 metabolite. The metabolism of (7?)·Μ1 to the prosofin was detected. Similarly, compound 435 (and) was added to the rat. After the blood, compound 409 was not detected. Therefore, no conclusion can be drawn about the effect of deuteration on the conversion of (Λ)-Μ 1 to the complexed siphyrin. Figure 2 shows the total compound and rat administered. The time course of the production of specific metabolites during the incubation of blood.Example 17. Evaluation of the stability of compounds in human liver microsomes.Comparative compounds 409, 435(51), 435 (i〇 and cefionin. Example 7 is similar to Example 丨6 except that human liver microsomes were used in place of rat whole blood to study the metabolic effects of the compounds. Table 11 above shows the pairs of test compounds and metabolites analyzed in this Example 17. Liver microsomes (20 mg/mL) were obtained from Xenotech, LLC (Lenexa, KS). Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (reduced form (NADPH)), magnesium (MgCl2) and diterpenes The sulphate (DMSO) system was purchased from Sigma-Aldrich. Prepared in DMSO containing 7.5 mM test compound (with saffron 97 201107326 lin, (&gt;S)-M1 metabolite, metabolite, compound 409, compound 435 (5) and compound 435 (/〇) stock solution The 7.5 mM stock solution was diluted to 250 μL in acetonitrile (ACN). Human liver microsomes were diluted to 2.5 mg/mL in 0.1 Μ potassium phosphate buffer (pH 7.4) containing 3 mM MgCh. Microsomes were added in triplicate to wells of a 96-well deep-well polypropylene plate. 10 /i L 250 &quot; Μ test compound was added to the microsomes and the mixture was pre-warmed to 37 ° C for 1 〇 minutes. The reaction was initiated by the addition of a pre-warmed NADPH solution. The final reaction volume was mL 5 mL and contained 2.0 mg/mL human liver microsomes, 5 # Μ test compound and 2 mM NADPH in 1 μ potassium acetate buffer (pH 7.4) and 3 mM MgCl2. Incubate the reaction mixture at 37 °C and remove 50 eL aliquots at 0, 5, 1 〇, 2 〇 and 3 〇 minutes and add to 5 〇&quot;l ice-cold acetonitrile and internal standards The shallow wells were placed in a 96-well plate to stop the reaction. The plate was stored at 4 ° C for 2 , minutes, after which 100 / 8 L of water was added to the wells, followed by centrifugation to make the precipitated protein into a centrifuge block. The supernatant was transferred to another 96-well plate and the amount of the administered compound and its specific metabolite (listed in Table n above) was analyzed by LC-MS/MS using an Applied Bio-System API 4000 mass spectrometer. The results of this study are depicted in Figures 4 and 5. The time course of metabolite formation is shown in Figure 4. The relative amount of metabolite formed as shown in Figure 5 is based on the earliest time relative to which it was detected in the incubation mixture (0 minutes for A, B'C and E, and D for D) Calculated by the amount present at 30 minutes for 5 minutes and for 10 minutes for F). The amount formed in human liver microsomes after 30 minutes of incubation with cefolin (Fig. 5 'row A) is similar to compound 409. 人类 乂 乂 θ 人类 human liver micro 98 201107326 granule formation Compound 419 (magic amount (Fig. 5, row B). Therefore, the relative content of non-deuterated (5&gt;)_Μ1 formed from non-deuterated cefolin is 2, as represented by compound 409 The deuteration of toxifene has no significant effect on the relative content of deuterated metabolites (compound 419(iS)). These results in human liver microsomes are consistent with the results seen with whole blood in rats. The gasification does have a significant effect on the reverse reaction of S)-M 1 to the keto-compound. Line C in Figure 5 shows the presence of a large amount of prostaglandin after the addition of β)_Μι. In contrast, compound 43s was added (after phantom, the amount of compound 409 detected after 3 minutes was less than (Q-M1 content (Fig. 5 'row D). Compounds derived from compound 435 (ty) 4〇9, compared with about 3% by weight of (1S1) Μ1, under these conditions, compound 435 (the phantom substitution effect hinders the conversion of this compound to the corresponding ketone. Although the gas is There is a greater influence in the blood of rats, but the results are consistent. The striking effect of strontium on the metabolism of metabolites is observed in human liver microsomes and non-deuterated with non-deuterated (Λ)_Μ i Compared with the amount of toffeeline, after 3 minutes of incubation with human liver microsomes, the deuteration of (Λ)-Μ1 (compound 435(7?)) was reduced to the formed deuterated cefolin (compound) The amount of 409) is almost 1 /5 (compare the Ε and F in Figure 5). Figure 4 shows the time course for the production of specific metabolites during incubation of the administered compound with human liver microsomes. Pharmacokinetic studies after oral and intravenous administration and Compound 435(5) in rats. 99 201107326 (lS)_M1 and compound 43咐) (the disordered form of (8)-Ml) were dissolved in saline at a concentration of 1 〇mg/mL, respectively, and then two compounds having a final concentration of the compound of $5 mg/site were prepared. The mixture of ι:ι, which is used intravenously, is administered orally, and the mixture is further diluted in saline to the final concentration of each 丨mg/mL compound. Three males are used in oral and intravenous studies. Sprague-Dawley rats. Animals were fasted overnight before administration of the compound by rapid injection of a 1:1 combination of 5 mg/kg in a single dose to the neck of the rat. Intravenous administration was achieved in the vein. On the day before the administration, the rats who had been anesthetized with acetaminophen (IM 30 mg/kg) were subjected to cannulation. By oral gavage 5 mg/kg The second dose is used for oral administration. Different times after administration (2 minutes, 5 minutes, 丨〇 minutes, 2 minutes, 30 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours) Self-medicated rats by post-sampling for rats temporarily anesthetized with isoflurane Blood samples were collected (250 in L). Blood samples were placed in tubes containing K^EDTA and stored on ice until centrifugation. Plasma was separated by centrifugation within 3 minutes of collection. Remove 1 〇〇# L Aliquots, mixed with 200 &quot; L acetonitrile and stored at -20 °C until further analysis by LC-MS/MS using an Applied Bio-System API 4000 mass spectrometer. Samples were analyzed by the corresponding ketones (with cefolin and compound 409) and the corresponding M5 metabolites. The sample (1〇 &quot; L) was injected into the Zorbax SB-C8 (quick split) column (2·1χ3〇 mm, 3.5 mm). The initial mobile phase conditions were 100% A (10 mM acetic acid in water) and 〇% B (methanol) with a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min. The mobile phase b is 55% in the 3 100 201107326 clock and 9% from 55% in 1 minute, and then back to 0% in j minutes. The total operating time is 5 minutes. For the compatibility of cefolin and its Μ1 and M5 metabolites, the precursor/product ion pair was set to m/z 281/193 (Ml), m/z 279/181 (with cefolin) and m/z 267/221 (M5) 〇 For compounds 435 (51) and 409, more than one ion pair is set to detect the material due to enthalpy loss. It has been found that a certain degree of enthalpy loss occurs for a compound of the invention having a hydrazine at a position adjacent to a few base carbons in the side chain, such as compound 409. This loss appears to occur in vivo and in vitro through unknown mechanisms. Prior to analysis, acetonitrile was added to the serum samples to prevent any additional in vitro deuterium loss. Typically, no more than two helium atoms are replaced by hydrogen. For compound 435 (α, the 曱 位置 位置 在 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' The serum of the animal of (5), when the compound and the metabolite are administered in a quantitative manner, includes a compound substance species having a total of one and two side chain oximes (hereinafter referred to as -1 D and "-2D" substance species). Therefore, for compounds 435(5) and 409, the ion pairs are set separately to detect the compound and its corresponding -1D and -2D species. For compound 435 (magic, three ion pairs are detected: m/ z 291/197, 290/197 and 189/197. For compounds 4〇9, 'monitoring ion pairs m/z 288/1 86, 287/186 and 286/1 86. In compound 409 and compound 4 3 5 ( 51) The measurement includes -1 D and -2 D species to more accurately quantify the total active species and is also reasonable based on the understanding of the metabolism and activity of the pros and its metabolites. 101 201107326 Increased plasma exposure to any Μ-1 metabolite of Compound 409 or 409 . This material comprises -1 D and -2D species respective deuterated M5 metabolite (M5a) in terms of:

0 Ρ〇3 Ν (M5a ),其在其酸側鏈上不具有 氘,僅使用一種離子對m/z 271/225下。用於分析之内標準 物為茚地普隆(indiplon )。 表12.大鼠中經口投予435(S)及(S)-Ml之後之藥物動力學 結果。 所量測之化合物a AUC0-a(hr*ng/mL) Cmax(ng/mL) 435(5) 4507± 1015 4105 ±964 (5&gt;Μ1 1628 ±272 1570 ±249 差異%13 + 177% + 162% 435(5) + 409 13464 ± 3502 15647 ±7421 〇S&gt;Ml+配妥西菲林 4632 ±437 5032 ±630 差異%b +191% +212% 氘化 M5(M5a) 1924土183 M5 2985 ±601 差異%b -36% a )經由LC-MS/MS觀測到之質量。根據所公開之配妥 西菲林代謝報導,立體化學構型假定為2 95% (幻。 b )差異% = [(氘化物質種類)-(非氘化物質種 類)](1〇〇)/(非氘化物質種類) 102 201107326 在大鼠中經口投藥之結果展示於表1 2中。氣化化合物 435(51)比其非氘化對應物(5&gt;Μ1顯示顯著更高的AUCq m及 Cmax。 因為在(iS)-Μ 1與配妥西菲林之間存在顯著血清相互 轉化且兩種物質皆具有治療活性’所以亦定量1與配 妥西菲林,以及化合物435(51)與化合物409之 Cmax。在分別經口投予(5&gt;Μ1及435(*y)之後,化合物435(51) 與化合物409比(*S)-M 1與配妥西菲林顯示顯著更高的 AUCo.c^ Cmax。 亦量測分別由經口投予(iS^-Ml及435(5)所產生之M-5 及M5a代謝物之AUC〇-~。M-5代謝物可能與在某些患者中 之毒性相關且視為不合意的。表1 2展示與投予非氘化 之後獲得之M5之含量相比,經口投予化合物435(^ 提供顯著較少的M5a。與非氘化化合物相比,氣化化合物 之活性物質種類與]y[5代謝物之比率有利得多。(化合物 435(句+化合物409)與M5a之比率為7.0,其比((6&gt;M1 + 配女西非林)與M5之比率1·6好得多。 103 201107326 表1 3 ·在大鼠中靜脈内投藥之後之藥物動力學結果。 所量測之化合物3 AUC〇.〇j(hr*ng/mL) 435(5) 7127±816 3390 ±302 差異%b +110% 435(5) + 409 11247±1326 (5)-Μ1+配妥西菲林 6280 ± 460 差異%b +79% 氘化 M5(M5a) 1522 ±530 M5 1795 ±521 差異%15 -15% a )經由LC-MS/MS觀測到之質量。根據所公開之配妥 西菲林代謝報導,立體化學構型假定為2 95% (*S)。 b )差異% = [(氘化物質種類)-(非氘化物質種 類)](100)/(非氘化物質種類) 表1 3展示在大鼠中靜脈内投藥之後之結果。靜脈内投 藥之結果與經口投藥之結果類似。靜脈内投藥之後,化合 物435(51)具有比其非氘化對應物(幻-Ml大110%之平均 AUCo-如。靜脈内投藥之後,化合物435(5)與化合物409具 有比與配妥西菲林大79%之平均AUC〇_〇〇。靜脈内投 予化合物435(5)提供比靜脈内投予(幻-Ml所提供M5代謝 物之量少15%之M5a代謝物之量。靜脈内投予化合物435(5) 之大鼠體内之活性物質種類與相應M5代謝物之比率為 7.4,與靜脈内投予(5·)-Μ1之大鼠之3.5形成對比。 104 201107326 實施例19.經口及靜脈内給藥^ ^ ^ ^ ^ \傻配女西非林及化合 物43 5(*S)在黑猩猩體内之藥物動力學研究。 將配妥西菲林及化合物435C5VtV Sii I、; 1 λ , w:h屻刀別以1〇 mg/mL之濃度 溶解於溫(6 5 °C )鹽水中。随接制供人士 人 Τ隨後氣備含有化合物最終濃度 各為5 mg/mL之兩種化合物之 混合物且隨後將混合物 經0.2 μ Μ過濾器無菌過渡。 在經口及靜脈内研究中各自使用兩隻黑猩猩(一隻雄 性及-隻雌性)。在投予化合物之前,將動物禁食隔=。 在給藥之前,所有動物以氣胺酮(約1〇mg/kg)及,或舒泰 (telazol)(約5 mg/kg)鎮靜。藉由靜脈内輸注各化合物 75 mg (共15 mL給藥溶液)歷時1〇分鐘來達成靜脈内投 藥。藉由經口管飼75 mg單次劑量之各化合物(共Η⑺匕 給藥溶液)來達成經口投藥。在給藥之前及之後之不同時 間自服藥黑㈣收集血液樣品(6 mL)。對於靜脈内投藥 而言’在〇分鐘(輸注前)、5分鐘、9 5分鐘(在輸注結 束之前即刻),隨後在停止輸注之後6、1 5、3〇及45分鐘’ 及1 2 4 6 8、1 〇及1 2小時收集血液樣品。對於經口 投藥而言,在0分鐘(給藥前)、15及3〇分鐘,及給藥後 1、I.5、2、4、6、8、10及12小時收集血液樣品。 血液樣品置放於含有肝素鈉之管中,混合且儲存於冰 上直至離心。在收集3〇分鐘内,藉由離心血液樣品來分離 血漿且移除所得血漿之等分試樣(2〇〇 # L )。將各# L血漿之等分試樣與4〇〇 # L乙腈混合且於_7〇(&gt;c下儲存直 至藉由LC_MS/MS使用Applied Bio-系統API 4000質譜儀 105 201107326 進一步分析。 如上在實施例 1 8中對於大鼠血漿樣品所述,藉由 LC-MS/MS執行所有樣品之分析。 表1 4.在黑猩猩中經口投藥之後之藥物動力學結果。 AUC〇.〇〇 (hr*ng/mL) 所量測之化合物3 雄性 ltt隹性 435⑸ 829 672 (S)-M\ 300 301 差異%13 + 176% +123% 435(5) + 409 1097 1277 〇S&gt;Ml+配妥西菲林 414 525 差異%13 + 165% +143% 氘化 M5 (M5a) 462 606 M5 1456 1868 差異%b -68% -68% a )經由LC-MS/MS觀測到之質量。根據所公開之配妥 西菲林代謝報導,立體化學構型假定為2 95% (&lt;S)。 b )差異% = [(氘化物質種類)-(非氘化物質種 類)](1〇〇)/(非氘化物質種類) 表1 4展示在黑猩猩中經口投予435(51)及配妥西菲林之 結果。經口投予化合物435(5)及配妥西菲林之1:1組合之 後,化合物435(51)及其相應酮化合物409顯示比相應非氘 化對應物及配妥西菲林顯著更高之平均AUC〇_〇〇值。 化合物435(51)與化合物409之平均AUCo.co顯著高於(*S)-M1 106 201107326 與配妥西菲林之平均AUCo-co。另外,不合意氘化M-5代謝 物(M5a)之平均AUCo-co顯著低於非氘化M-5之平均AUC〇-。最後,氣化化合物之活性物質種類與Μ 5代謝物之比率 { ( 435(5) + 409 ):(氘化Μ5 ) }比非氘化物質種類之相應 比率{((幻-Ml +配妥西菲林):Μ5}高約8倍。 表1 5 .在黑猩猩中靜脈内投藥之後之藥物動力學結果。 AUC〇.=° (hr*ng/mL) 所量測之化合物a 雄性 雕性 435(5) 2522 1213 ⑶-Ml 1559 657 差異%15 +61% +84% 435⑸ + 409 3219 1607 ⑹-Ml +配妥西菲林 2285 1018 差異%b +40% +57% 氘化M5 428 632 M5 1195 1560 差異%b -65% -60% a )經由LC-MS/MS觀測到之質量。根據所公開之配妥 西菲林代謝報導,立體化學構型假定為2 95% (61)。 b )差異% = [(氘化物質種類)-(非氘化物質種 類)]〇〇〇)/(非氘化物質種類) 表1 5展示在黑猩猩中靜脈内投予435(5)及配妥西菲林 之結果。靜脈内投藥之後之結果展示氘化化合物之有利差 異,惟不如經口投藥後觀測到之差異顯著。與投予配妥西 107 201107326 菲林相比,自投予化合物435(iS)所產生之活性物質種類之 量高出40%與57%之間,而所產生M5代謝物之量減少6〇% 與65 /〇之間。靜脈内投予化合物435(51)之黑獲獲體内之活 陡物負種類與Μ 5代謝物的比率比投予配妥西菲林之黑獲 獲南約4倍。 以上結果展示與相應非氘化化合物相比,本發明化合 物提供所需活性物質種類之更大血漿暴露量。另外,展示 本發明之化合物中的氘取代作用會減少可能與腎功能缺損 患者之不耐性相關之Μ5代謝物之含量。 無需進-步描述’咸信一般技術者可使用前文描述及 說明性實施例來製得及利用本發明化合物且實施所主張之 方法應瞭解上述討論及實施例僅提供某些較佳具體實例 之詳細摇述。對—般技術者而言將顯而μ,可在不背離 本發明精神及範圍的情況下獲得不同修改及等效物。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1 Α及1 β描述本發明化合物、配妥西菲林及其某此 相應代謝物在經口投予西?皂而4 #办a丄 、‘ ^ 杈于配文西菲林與彼本發明化合物之組 合後在四隻個別犬體内之血清含量。 、、 述在將不同本發明化合物、配妥西菲林、⑺· 及(Λ)-Μ1與大氣全血一起典言夕你洚4囬,丄 t。月之後產生圖3中量測之本 代謝物之時程。 圖3 及 W-M1 對量。 述在將不同本發明化合物 '配妥 與大鼠全血一起培育之後產生之特定代謝物 108 201107326 圖4描述在將不同本發明化合物、配妥西菲林、(ι5)·Μ1 及(i〇-Ml與人類肝微粒體―起培育之後產生圖$中量測之 特定代謝物之時程。 ⑺-Ml 代謝物 圖5描述在將不同本發明化合物、配妥西菲林、 及W-M1與人類肝微粒體—起培育之後產生之 之相對量》 【主要元件符號說明】 無 1090 Ρ〇3 Ν (M5a), which has no enthalpy on its acid side chain, using only one ion pair m/z 271/225. The standard used in the analysis was indiplon. Table 12. Pharmacokinetic results after oral administration of 435(S) and (S)-Ml in rats. The measured compound a AUC0-a (hr*ng/mL) Cmax(ng/mL) 435(5) 4507± 1015 4105 ±964 (5&gt;Μ1 1628 ±272 1570 ±249 difference %13 + 177% + 162 % 435(5) + 409 13464 ± 3502 15647 ±7421 〇S&gt;Ml+ with cefolin 4632 ±437 5032 ±630 difference %b +191% +212% 氘化M5(M5a) 1924土183 M5 2985 ±601 difference %b -36% a ) The mass observed via LC-MS/MS. According to the published metaphyseal metabolite report, the stereochemical configuration is assumed to be 2 95% (magic. b) difference % = [(deuterated species) - (non-deuterated species)] (1〇〇) / (Non-deuterated substance type) 102 201107326 The results of oral administration in rats are shown in Table 12. Gasification compound 435 (51) showed significantly higher AUCq m and Cmax than its non-deuterated counterpart (5 &gt; 。 1 because there was significant serum interconversion between (iS)-Μ 1 and the formulated cefolin and two All of the substances have therapeutic activity', so also quantify 1 and the combination of ceflin, and the Cmax of compound 435 (51) and compound 409. After oral administration (5 &gt; Μ 1 and 435 (*y), respectively, compound 435 ( 51) The ratio of (*S)-M 1 to compound 409 showed significantly higher AUCo.c^ Cmax. The measurements were also produced by oral administration (iS^-Ml and 435(5), respectively. The AUC〇-~M-5 metabolites of the M-5 and M5a metabolites may be associated with toxicity in some patients and are considered undesirable. Table 1 2 shows M5 obtained after administration of non-deuterated Oral administration of Compound 435 (^ provides significantly less M5a compared to the content of the compound.) The ratio of the active species of the gasified compound to the ratio of the y[5 metabolite is much more favorable than the non-deuterated compound. The ratio of 435 (sentence + compound 409) to M5a is 7.0, which is much better than the ratio of (6 &gt; M1 + with female West African forest) to M5. 103 201107326 Table 1 3 · Pharmacokinetic results after intravenous administration in rats. Measured compound 3 AUC〇.〇j(hr*ng/mL) 435(5) 7127±816 3390 ±302 difference %b +110% 435( 5) + 409 11247±1326 (5)-Μ1+ with cefolin 6280 ± 460 difference %b +79% 氘化M5(M5a) 1522 ±530 M5 1795 ±521 difference%15 -15% a ) via LC-MS /MS observed quality. According to the published profiling of the phenanthrene metabolism, the stereochemical configuration is assumed to be 2 95% (*S). b) Difference % = [(deuterated species) - (non-deuterated matter) Species)] (100) / (non-deuterated substance type) Table 1 3 shows the results after intravenous administration in rats. The results of intravenous administration are similar to those of oral administration. After intravenous administration, compound 435 ( 51) has an average AUCo greater than 110% of its non-deuterated counterpart (magic-Ml--. After intravenous administration, compound 435(5) and compound 409 have an average AUC of 79% greater than the matching of cefolin. Intravenous administration of Compound 435 (5) provides an amount of M5a metabolite that is 15% less than the amount of M5 metabolite provided by the phantom-Ml. Intravenous administration. Ratio in vivo activity of compound 435 (5) of rats substance classes of the corresponding metabolite M5 was 7.4, and administered intravenously (5.3) of the rats of 3.5 -Μ1 contrast. 104 201107326 Example 19. Oral and intravenous administration ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ \ Stupid female West African forest and compound 43 5 (*S) pharmacokinetic study in chimpanzees. The phenanthrene and compound 435C5VtV Sii I; 1 λ , w:h 屻 knife will be dissolved in warm (65 ° C) saline at a concentration of 1 〇 mg / mL. The on-demand donors then prepared a mixture of the two compounds with a final concentration of 5 mg/mL each of the compounds and then sterilized the mixture via a 0.2 μ Μ filter. Two chimpanzees (one male and one female) were used in each of the oral and intravenous studies. Animals were fasted = before the compound was administered. All animals were sedated with acetaminophen (about 1 mg/kg) and or telazol (about 5 mg/kg) prior to dosing. Intravenous administration was achieved by intravenous infusion of 75 mg of each compound (15 mL total administration solution) over a period of 1 minute. Oral administration was achieved by oral gavage of a single dose of 75 mg of each compound (a total of Η(7) 给药 administration solution). Blood samples (6 mL) were collected from the drug black (4) at different times before and after administration. For intravenous administration 'in sputum minutes (before infusion), 5 minutes, 9.5 minutes (immediately before the end of the infusion), then 6, 5, 3 and 45 minutes after stopping the infusion' and 1 2 4 6 Blood samples were collected at 8, 1 and 12 hours. For oral administration, blood samples were collected at 0 minutes (before administration), 15 and 3 minutes, and at 1, 1.5, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 hours after administration. Blood samples were placed in tubes containing sodium heparin, mixed and stored on ice until centrifugation. Plasma was separated by centrifugation of the blood sample within 3 minutes of collection and an aliquot (2 〇〇 # L ) of the resulting plasma was removed. An aliquot of each #L plasma was mixed with 4 〇〇# L acetonitrile and stored at _7 〇 (&gt;c until further analysis by LC_MS/MS using the Applied Bio-System API 4000 mass spectrometer 105 201107326. Analysis of all samples was performed by LC-MS/MS as described for the rat plasma samples in Example 18. Table 1 4. Pharmacokinetic results after oral administration in chimpanzees. AUC〇.〇〇( Hr*ng/mL) Compound 3 measured male ltt隹 435(5) 829 672 (S)-M\ 300 301 difference %13 + 176% +123% 435(5) + 409 1097 1277 〇S&gt;Ml+ fitted Siphyrin 414 525 difference %13 + 165% +143% deuterated M5 (M5a) 462 606 M5 1456 1868 difference %b -68% -68% a ) The mass observed via LC-MS/MS. The stereochemical configuration is assumed to be 2 95% (&lt;S) according to the published profilinglin metabolism report. b) difference % = [(deuterated species) - (non-deuterated species)] (1〇〇) / (non-deuterated species) Table 1 4 shows oral administration of 435 (51) in chimpanzees and Match the results of cefolin. Compound 435 (51) and its corresponding ketone compound 409 showed a significantly higher average than the corresponding non-deuterated counterpart and the combination of cefolin after oral administration of Compound 435 (5) and a 1:1 combination of cefolin. AUC〇_〇〇 value. The average AUCo.co of compound 435(51) and compound 409 was significantly higher than the average AUCo-co of (*S)-M1 106 201107326 and the formulated cefolin. In addition, the average AUCo-co of the undesired M-5 metabolite (M5a) was significantly lower than the average AUC〇- of the non-deuterated M-5. Finally, the ratio of the active species of the gasification compound to the Μ5 metabolite { ( 435(5) + 409 ): (氘 Μ 5 ) } is the corresponding ratio of the non-deuterated species {((幻-Ml + matching) West phenanthrene): Μ5} is about 8 times higher. Table 1 5. Pharmacokinetic results after intravenous administration in chimpanzees AUC〇.=° (hr*ng/mL) Compound a measured male 435 (5) 2522 1213 (3)-Ml 1559 657 difference %15 +61% +84% 435(5) + 409 3219 1607 (6)-Ml + with cefolin 2285 1018 difference %b +40% +57% 氘化M5 428 632 M5 1195 1560 difference %b -65% -60% a ) Quality observed via LC-MS/MS. The stereochemical configuration is assumed to be 2 95% (61) according to the published metaphyseal metabolism. b) difference % = [(deuterated substance type) - (non-deuterated substance type)] 〇〇〇) / (non-deuterated substance type) Table 1 5 shows intravenous administration of 435(5) and distribution in chimpanzees The result of torfield. The results after intravenous administration showed a favorable difference in the sputum compound, but the difference was not as significant as that observed after oral administration. The amount of active substance produced by self-administration of compound 435 (iS) was between 40% and 57% higher than that of the compounded West 107 201107326 film, and the amount of M5 metabolite produced was reduced by 6%. Between 65 / 〇. The ratio of the negative species of the active substance to the Μ5 metabolite in the black obtained by intravenous administration of the compound 435 (51) was about 4 times that of the black administered with the cefolin. The above results show that the compounds of the invention provide greater plasma exposure of the desired active species compared to the corresponding non-deuterated compounds. In addition, the guanidine substitution in the compounds of the present invention is shown to reduce the amount of Μ5 metabolites that may be associated with intolerance in patients with renal impairment. No need for further description. The prior art and the illustrative embodiments can be used to make and utilize the compounds of the present invention and to implement the claimed methods. It should be understood that the above discussion and examples provide only certain preferred embodiments. Detailed description. Different modifications and equivalents may be obtained without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 Α and 1 β describe the compound of the present invention, the combination of ceflin and a corresponding metabolite thereof, which are administered orally in the mouth? Soap and 4 #办 a丄, ‘ ^ 杈 配 配 配 配 西 西 西 与 与 与 与 与 与 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 And, in the case of different compounds of the present invention, the combination of cefolin, (7)· and (Λ)-Μ1 together with atmospheric whole blood, you will 洚 4 times, 丄 t. The time course of the metabolites measured in Figure 3 was generated after the month. Figure 3 and W-M1 for the amount. Specific metabolites produced after the different compounds of the invention are formulated to be incubated with rat whole blood 108 201107326 Figure 4 depicts the different compounds of the invention, formulated with cefolin, (ι5)·Μ1 and (i〇- Ml and human liver microsomes produce the time course of the specific metabolites measured in Figure $. (7)-Ml Metabolites Figure 5 depicts the different compounds of the invention, the combination of cefolin, and W-M1 with humans. Liver microsomes - the relative amount produced after cultivation" [Main component symbol description] No 109

Claims (1)

201107326 七、申請專利範圍: 1 · 一種式B化合物201107326 VII. Patent application scope: 1 · A compound of formula B B’或其醫藥學上可接 受之鹽,其中: R及尺係各自獨立地選自-ch3及-CD3 ; R為氫或氘; Z3各自為氫或氘; z各自為氫或氘; Z5各自為氫或氘;且 (a) Y1為OH,且Y2為氫^ 所連拯夕浐, 巧虱次肌,或(b) γΐ及γ2與其 所運接之妷一起形成c=o。 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其中R、氣。 3. 如申請專利範圍第2項之化合物,其中Z3、 5 各自為氫且R1為_CD3。 z4:7:申晴專利範圍第1項或第2項之化合物,其中z3、 z .及Z5各自為氫。 5二申請專利範圍第丨項或第2項之化合物,其中A z及Z各自為氖。 任:如申請專利範圍第1項、第2項、第4項或第5項中 任一項之化合物,其中…2各自為-CD3。 / 一7.如中請專利範圍第1項、第2項或第4項至第6項申 壬項之化合物,其mY2與其所連接之碳一起形成 110 201107326 c=o。 8 ·如申請專利範圍第1項、第2項或第4項至第6項中 任一項之化合物,其中Y1為OH,且Y2為氫或氘。 9.一種式I化合物,B' or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R and the pedigree are each independently selected from -ch3 and -CD3; R is hydrogen or deuterium; Z3 is each hydrogen or deuterium; z is each hydrogen or deuterium; Z5 Each is hydrogen or helium; and (a) Y1 is OH, and Y2 is hydrogen, which is connected to the sputum, or (b) γ ΐ and γ2 together with the enthalpy that it is transported to form c=o. 2. For example, the compound of claim 1 is R, gas. 3. The compound of claim 2, wherein Z3, 5 are each hydrogen and R1 is _CD3. Z4:7: The compound of the first or second item of the Shenqing patent range, wherein z3, z. and Z5 are each hydrogen. 5) The compound of claim 2 or 2, wherein each of A z and Z is 氖. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 4, or 5, wherein each of ... 2 is -CD3. / 7. 7. For the compound of the scope of claim 1, item 2 or item 4 to item 6, the mY2 together with the carbon to which it is attached forms 110 201107326 c=o. The compound of any one of claims 1, 2, or 4 to 6, wherein Y1 is OH and Y2 is hydrogen or hydrazine. 9. A compound of formula I, R1 或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,其係選自 以下: 化合物 R1 R2 R3 R4 Y1 Y2 101 cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 一起形成為= =0 102 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 一起形成為= =0 103 cd3 CD3 cd3 (cd2)4 一起形成為= =0 104 ch3 ch3 CD3 (CD2)4 一起形成為= =0 105 cd3 ch3 CD3 (CD2)4 一起形成為= =0 106 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 一起形成為= =0 107 ch3 ch3 cd3 tCD^CHA 一起形成為= =0 108 ch3 ch3 cd3 _2)3(:Η2 一起形成為= =0 109 CD3 ch3 CD3 tCD2(CH2)3 一起形成為= =0 110 cd3 ch3 CD3 t(CD2)3CH2 一起形成為= =0 111 ch3 cd3 CD3 个 cd2(ch2)3 一起形成為= =0 112 ch3 cd3 cd3 卞(cd2)3ch2 一起形成為=0 113 CD3 cd3 cd3 卞cd2(ch2)3 一起形成為 =0 114 CD3 cd3 cd3 \〇Ό2)3αι2 一起形成為: =0 115 CD3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH Η 117 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH Η 118 CD3 cd3 cd3 也2(卿3 OH Η 119 cd3 ch3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 OH Η 120 ch3 cd3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 OH Η 121 ch3 CH3 CD3 ^ϋ2(ΟΗ2)3 OH Η 122 cd3 CDs cd3 (CD2)4 OH Η 123 cd3 ch3 CD3 (CD2)4 OH Η 124 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH Η 125 ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH Η 126 CD3 cd3 CD3 卞仰批氏 OH Η 111 201107326 化合物 R1 R2 R3 R4 Y1 Y2 127 cd3 ch3 cd3 ^CD^CHi OH H 128 ch3 cd3 cd3 OH H 129 ch3 ch3 cd3 十(。〇2)3〇12 OH H 130 cd3 cd3 ch3 (ch2)4 OH D 131 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH D 132 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH D 133 ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH D 134 cd3 cd3 cd3 也2(卿3 OH D 135 cd3 ch3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 OH D 136 ch3 cd3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 OH D 137 ch3 ch3 cd3 也2(»)3 OH D 138 cd3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH D 139 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH D 140 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH D 141 ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH D 142 cd3 cd3 cd3 卞_3〇12 OH D 143 cd3 ch3 cd3 OH D 144 ch3 cd3 cd3 吆02)3〇12 OH D 及145 ch3 ch3 cd3 \CO2hcH2 OH D。 10.—種式A化合物,R1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which is selected from the group consisting of: Compound R1 R2 R3 R4 Y1 Y2 101 cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 together formed = =0 102 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 together form = =0 103 cd3 CD3 cd3 (cd2)4 are formed together = =0 104 ch3 ch3 CD3 (CD2)4 are formed together = =0 105 cd3 ch3 CD3 (CD2)4 are formed together = =0 106 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2 ) 4 is formed together = =0 107 ch3 ch3 cd3 tCD^CHA is formed together = =0 108 ch3 ch3 cd3 _2) 3 (: Η 2 is formed together = =0 109 CD3 ch3 CD3 tCD2(CH2)3 together form = =0 110 cd3 ch3 CD3 t(CD2)3CH2 are formed together = =0 111 ch3 cd3 CD3 cd2(ch2)3 are formed together = =0 112 ch3 cd3 cd3 卞(cd2)3ch2 are formed together as =0 113 CD3 cd3 Cd3 卞cd2(ch2)3 is formed together as =0 114 CD3 cd3 cd3 \〇Ό2)3αι2 is formed together as: =0 115 CD3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH Η 117 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH Η 118 CD3 cd3 Cd3也2(卿3 OH Η 119 cd3 ch3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 OH Η 120 ch3 cd3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 OH Η 121 ch3 CH3 CD3 ^ϋ2(ΟΗ2)3 OH Η 122 cd3 CDs cd3 (CD2)4 OH Η 123 cd3 ch3 CD3 (CD2)4 OH Η 124 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH Η 125 ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH Η 126 CD3 cd3 CD3 卞 批 OH Η 111 201107326 Compound R1 R2 R3 R4 Y1 Y2 127 cd3 ch3 cd3 ^CD^CHi OH H 128 ch3 cd3 cd3 OH H 129 ch3 ch3 cd3 ten (.〇2)3〇12 OH H 130 cd3 cd3 ch3 (ch2)4 OH D 131 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH D 132 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH D 133 ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 OH D 134 cd3 cd3 cd3 also 2 (Qing 3 OH D 135 cd3 ch3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 OH D 136 ch3 cd3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 OH D 137 ch3 ch3 cd3 also 2 (»)3 OH D 138 cd3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH D 139 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH D 140 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH D 141 ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 OH D 142 cd3 cd3 cd3卞_3〇12 OH D 143 cd3 ch3 cd3 OH D 144 ch3 cd3 cd3 吆02)3〇12 OH D and 145 ch3 ch3 cd3 \CO2hcH2 OH D. 10. - a compound of formula A, R2 ,或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,其係選 自以下: 化合物 R1 R2 R3 R4 Rs Y1 Y2 400 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 D 一起形成為: =0 401 cd3 cd3 ch3 (ch2)4 D 一起形成為: =0 402 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D 一起形成為: =0 403 cd3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D 一起形成為: =0 404 ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D 一起形成為= =0 405 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D 一起形成為= =0 406 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D 一起形成為= =0 407 CHj ch3 cd3 ^ό2(0Η2)3 D 一起形成為= =0 408 ch3 ch3 cd3 f(CD2)3CH2 D 一起形成為= =0 112 201107326 化合物 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 Y1 Y2 409 cd3 ch3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 D 一起形成為= =0 410 cd3 ch3 cd3 %ο2)3〇η2 D 一起形成為= =0 411 ch3 CDs cd3 D 一起形成為: =0 412 ch3 cd3 CDs 恤2)3〇12 D 一起形成為= =0 413 cd3 cd3 cd3 Yd2(ch2)3 D 一起形成為: =0 414 cd3 CD3 cd3 'CDACH〗 D 一起形成為: =0 415 cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH Η 416 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH Η 417 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH Η 418 cd3 CD3 cd3 ^ο2(〇η2)3 D OH Η 419 cd3 ch3 cd3 ^CO2(CH2h D OH Η 420 ch3 cd3 cd3 tCD^CHA D OH Η 421 CH3 ch3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 D OH Η 422 cd3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH Η 423 CDs ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH Η 424 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH Η 425 ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH Η 426 CD3 cd3 CDs D OH Η 427 cd3 ch3 cd3 !(〇〇2)3〇Η2 D OH Η 428 ch3 cd3 cd3 t(CD2)3CH2 D OH Η 429 ch3 ch3 cd3 'CDACH: D OH Η 430 CD3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH D 431 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH D 432 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH D 433 ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH D 434 cd3 cd3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 D OH D 435 cd3 ch3 cd3 咖(〇12)3 D OH D 436 ch3 cd3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 D OH D 437 ch3 ch3 cd3 ^ϋ2(ΟΗ2)3 D OH D 438 cd3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH D 439 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH D 440 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH D 441 ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH D 442 cd3 cd3 cd3 #ϋ2)3(:Η2 D OH D 443 cd3 ch3 cd3 卿2)3012 D OH D 444 ch3 cd3 cd3 #02)3Οί2 D OH D 445 ch3 ch3 cd3 t(CD2)3CH2 D OH D 或上述任一者之醫藥學上可接受之鹽。 113 201107326 11.-種化合物’其係選自以下中之任一者R2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is selected from the group consisting of: Compound R1 R2 R3 R4 Rs Y1 Y2 400 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 D together formed as: =0 401 cd3 cd3 ch3 (ch2)4 D Together they are formed as: =0 402 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D are formed together as: =0 403 cd3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D are formed together as: =0 404 ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D are formed together == 0 405 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D is formed together = =0 406 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D is formed together = =0 407 CHj ch3 cd3 ^ό2(0Η2)3 D is formed together = =0 408 ch3 Ch3 cd3 f(CD2)3CH2 D is formed together = =0 112 201107326 Compound R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 Y1 Y2 409 cd3 ch3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 D Together form = =0 410 cd3 ch3 cd3 %ο2)3〇η2 D is formed together = =0 411 ch3 CDs cd3 D are formed together as: =0 412 ch3 cd3 CDs 2) 3〇12 D are formed together = =0 413 cd3 cd3 cd3 Yd2(ch2)3 D together form: 0 414 cd3 CD3 cd3 'CDACH〗 D is formed together as: =0 415 cd3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH Η 416 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH Η 417 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH Η 418 cd3 CD3 cd3 ^ο2(〇η2)3 D OH Η 419 Cd3 ch3 cd3 ^CO2(CH2h D OH Η 420 ch3 cd3 cd3 tCD^CHA D OH Η 421 CH3 ch3 cd3 tCD2(CH2)3 D OH Η 422 cd3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH Η 423 CDs ch3 cd3 (CD2) 4 D OH Η 424 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH Η 425 ch3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH Η 426 CD3 cd3 CDs D OH Η 427 cd3 ch3 cd3 !(〇〇2)3〇Η2 D OH Η 428 Ch3 cd3 cd3 t(CD2)3CH2 D OH Η 429 ch3 ch3 cd3 'CDACH: D OH Η 430 CD3 cd3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH D 431 cd3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH D 432 ch3 cd3 ch3 (CH2) 4 D OH D 433 ch3 ch3 ch3 (CH2)4 D OH D 434 cd3 cd3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 D OH D 435 cd3 ch3 cd3 coffee (〇12)3 D OH D 436 ch3 cd3 cd3 fCD2(CH2)3 D OH D 437 ch3 ch3 cd3 ^ϋ2(ΟΗ2)3 D OH D 438 cd3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH D 439 cd3 ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH D 440 ch3 cd3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH D 441 ch3 Ch3 cd3 (CD2)4 D OH D 442 cd3 cd3 cd3 #ϋ2)3(:Η2 D OH D 443 cd3 ch3 cd3 qing 2)3012 D OH D 444 ch3 cd3 cd3 #02)3Οί2 D OH D 445 ch3 ch3 cd3 t (CD2) 3CH2 D OH D or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the above. 113 201107326 11.-A compound ' is selected from any one of the following 、ch3 437 (R) ^ 437 (S) 或上述任—者之醫藥學上可接受之鹽。 12.如申請專利範圍第! 物 在 ,甘士 a 第11項中任一項之化合 、中未指定為氘之任何原子係 。 丹天然冋位素豐度存 項之 13_-種醫藥組成物,纟包含如申 化合物及醫藥學上可接受之載劑。申…_第丨 -種治療有需要之患者之疾病 含投予兮串去右%曰 '狀的方法, 又于β亥患者有效s之如申請專利範園第 其包 其中該疾病係選自糖尿病性腎病、高血壓性软:紱成物’ 慢性閉塞性動脈疾她之間歇性破行。 或由四肢 114 201107326 15. -種治療有需要之患者之慢性腎病的方 投予該患者有效量之如申喑I 、乙3 … 範圍第13項之組成物。 16. 如申§月專利範圍第15 甘山—κα $町万法’其中該慢性腎病為 腎小球性腎炎、局灶節段性腎小球硬化為 流性尿路病或多囊性腎病。 ,’正|、、逆 1 7. —種治療有需要之击去 …曰 慢性肝病的方法,其包含 才又予5亥患者有效夏之如申請專 ,s ,, . ^ , T月哥扪軏圍第13項之組成物。 1 8 ·如申μ專利範圍第1 7 非酒精性脂肪變性肝* 、〉’其中該慢性肝病為 I 土月f χ、脂肪肝變 脂肪或酒精誘發之組織變 3 、誘發之高 酒精性肝炎。…’…丙狀、肝硬化、肝功能衰蝎或 19’ 一種治療有雷© 狀的方法,其包含_ :之”糖尿病相關之疾病或病 η項之組成物,:;:=有效量之如申請專利範圍第 網膜病m 病狀係選自姨島素抗性、視 .. ’病性潰瘍、放射相關之壞死、各性腎衰竭i; 樂物誘發之腎中毒。 心、性月衣蝎或 2〇· 一種治療有需要之患者 含投予該患者有效量之如申請 跛7方法,其包 21. 一種治療有需要U者之項之組成物。 投予該串者晋之〜者之慢性腎病的方法,其包含 予該患者有效$之如申請專㈣ 22· —種治癍古士在 貝 &lt; 組成物。 ^ r '、而要之患者之疾病或病狀的方法,ji中 病或病狀係選自胰島素依賴性 :二㈣ 性糖尿病’·代謝症候群;肥胖症;騰島:胰島素依賴 症,·病理性葡萄糖^ ,、几,異常血脂 J又症,回血愿•冥而 宏问血知症;高尿酸血 Π5 201107326 症;痛風;及高凝血性,其包含投予該患者有效量之如申 請專利範圍第1 3項之組成物。 八、圖式: 如次頁。 116, ch3 437 (R) ^ 437 (S) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the above. 12. For example, the scope of the patent application is: Any of the atomic systems in which the glycine a is in any one of the eleventh items. Dan's natural abundance is a 13_-medicine composition containing 如 a compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Shen ... _ 丨 丨 种 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Diabetic nephropathy, hypertensive softness: 绂成物' Chronic occlusive arterial disease her intermittent break. Or by limbs 114 201107326 15. A method for treating chronic kidney disease in a patient in need thereof. The patient is administered an effective amount of the composition of claim 13 of claim IE, B, .... 16. For example, the patent scope of the § § 甘山-κα $町万法' wherein the chronic kidney disease is glomerulonephritis, focal segmental glomerulosclerosis is fluid urinary tract disease or polycystic kidney disease . , '正|,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, The composition of item 13 of the encirclement. 1 8 · Such as the patent range of the application of the 1st non-alcoholic steatosis liver *,> 'The chronic liver disease is I earth month f χ, fatty liver fat or alcohol induced tissue changes 3, induced high alcoholic hepatitis . ...'...C-like, cirrhosis, liver dysfunction or 19' A method of treatment with a lemma that contains _: "diabetes-related diseases or components of disease η, :;:: = effective amount For example, the patented range of retinopathy m is selected from the group consisting of 姨 素 抗性 、 视 视 视 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病 病蝎 or 2〇· A patient in need of treatment, comprising an effective amount of the patient, as in the application 跛7 method, a package 21. A composition for treating a person in need of U. The method of chronic kidney disease, which comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of 如 申请 申请 四 四 四 22 在 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ The disease or condition is selected from insulin dependence: two (four) diabetes mellitus '·metabolic syndrome; obesity; Tengdao: insulin dependence, · pathological glucose ^, a few, abnormal blood lipids J and disease, back blood wish And macro asked blood syndrome; high uric acid blood stasis 5 201107326 disease; pain Wind; and high coagulability, which comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of the composition of claim 13 of the patent scope. VIII. Schema: as the next page.
TW98128631A 2009-08-26 2009-08-26 Substituted xanthine derivatives TWI466887B (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
TW98128631A TWI466887B (en) 2009-08-26 2009-08-26 Substituted xanthine derivatives

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
TW98128631A TWI466887B (en) 2009-08-26 2009-08-26 Substituted xanthine derivatives

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201107326A true TW201107326A (en) 2011-03-01
TWI466887B TWI466887B (en) 2015-01-01

Family

ID=44835229

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW98128631A TWI466887B (en) 2009-08-26 2009-08-26 Substituted xanthine derivatives

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI466887B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI723065B (en) * 2015-10-29 2021-04-01 大陸商廣東衆生睿創生物科技有限公司 Medical use of hydroxypurine compound

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6316458B1 (en) * 1999-04-30 2001-11-13 Cell Therapeutics, Inc. Method of enhancing insulin action

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI723065B (en) * 2015-10-29 2021-04-01 大陸商廣東衆生睿創生物科技有限公司 Medical use of hydroxypurine compound

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI466887B (en) 2015-01-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN113439078B (en) Solid forms of FXR agonists
CA2716788C (en) Deuterium-substituted xanthine derivatives
JP2004520273A (en) Thieno [2,3-C] isoquinoline for use as an inhibitor of PARP
US9637484B2 (en) Cycloalkyl acid derivative, preparation method thereof, and pharmaceutical application thereof
CN114375193B (en) Thyroid hormone receptor beta agonist compounds
US20210179632A1 (en) Thienopiperidine derivative and use thereof
TWI831325B (en) Naphthyridine derivatives as ATR inhibitors and preparation methods thereof
TW202045514A (en) Hydroxypyridoxazepines as nrf2 activators
WO2023061406A1 (en) Parp inhibitor containing fused tri-cyclic structure, and preparation method therefor and medical use thereof
JP7025555B2 (en) Inhibition of transient receptor potential A1 ion channels
WO1994012499A1 (en) 1,8-naphthyridin-2-one derivative and use thereof_
EP4114408A1 (en) Nicotinamide mononucleotide and bis-nicotinamide dinucleotide derivatives for the treatment of arrhythmia
CA1228359A (en) Process for preparing new quinoline derivatives
EP4180429A1 (en) Pyrimidinone derivative, and preparation method therefor and use thereof against mycobacterium tuberculosis infection
AU2021392700B2 (en) Novel n-heterocyclic bet bromodomain inhibitor, and preparation method therefor and medical use thereof
TW319765B (en)
CN113214097B (en) Compounds for the treatment of alzheimer&#39;s disease
TW201107326A (en) Substituted xanthine derivatives
CN106795148B (en) Optical isomers of 1, 4-benzothiazepine-1-oxide derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions using the same
JP5888612B2 (en) Crystals of condensed pyridine compound salts
TW201936580A (en) Crystalline form of oxopicolinamide derivative and a preparation method thereof
EP4428128A1 (en) 2-(aryl-2-yl) morpholine and deuterated derivative thereof, preparation method therefor and application thereof
WO2012139422A1 (en) Novel anti-platelet compound addition salt
JPH07116188B2 (en) Novel pyrido [4,3-d] pyrimidine derivative, method for producing the same and pharmaceutical composition containing the compound
WO2017128837A1 (en) New daclatasvir crystal form and preparation method therefor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees